diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/lib/libssl/src/doc/ssleay.txt')
-rw-r--r-- | src/lib/libssl/src/doc/ssleay.txt | 7014 |
1 files changed, 7014 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/libssl/src/doc/ssleay.txt b/src/lib/libssl/src/doc/ssleay.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..094e28ce48 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/lib/libssl/src/doc/ssleay.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,7014 @@ | |||
1 | |||
2 | Bundle of old SSLeay documentation files [OBSOLETE!] | ||
3 | |||
4 | ==== readme ======================================================== | ||
5 | |||
6 | This is the old 0.6.6 docuementation. Most of the cipher stuff is still | ||
7 | relevent but I'm working (very slowly) on new docuemtation. | ||
8 | The current version can be found online at | ||
9 | |||
10 | http://www.cryptsoft.com/ssleay/doc | ||
11 | |||
12 | ==== API.doc ======================================================== | ||
13 | |||
14 | SSL - SSLv2/v3/v23 etc. | ||
15 | |||
16 | BIO - methods and how they plug together | ||
17 | |||
18 | MEM - memory allocation callback | ||
19 | |||
20 | CRYPTO - locking for threads | ||
21 | |||
22 | EVP - Ciphers/Digests/signatures | ||
23 | |||
24 | RSA - methods | ||
25 | |||
26 | X509 - certificate retrieval | ||
27 | |||
28 | X509 - validation | ||
29 | |||
30 | X509 - X509v3 extensions | ||
31 | |||
32 | Objects - adding object identifiers | ||
33 | |||
34 | ASN.1 - parsing | ||
35 | |||
36 | PEM - parsing | ||
37 | |||
38 | ==== ssl/readme ===================================================== | ||
39 | |||
40 | 22 Jun 1996 | ||
41 | This file belongs in ../apps, but I'll leave it here because it deals | ||
42 | with SSL :-) It is rather dated but it gives you an idea of how | ||
43 | things work. | ||
44 | === | ||
45 | |||
46 | 17 Jul 1995 | ||
47 | I have been changing things quite a bit and have not fully updated | ||
48 | this file, so take what you read with a grain of salt | ||
49 | eric | ||
50 | === | ||
51 | The s_client and s_server programs can be used to test SSL capable | ||
52 | IP/port addresses and the verification of the X509 certificates in use | ||
53 | by these services. I strongly advise having a look at the code to get | ||
54 | an idea of how to use the authentication under SSLeay. Any feedback | ||
55 | on changes and improvements would be greatly accepted. | ||
56 | |||
57 | This file will probably be gibberish unless you have read | ||
58 | rfc1421, rfc1422, rfc1423 and rfc1424 which describe PEM | ||
59 | authentication. | ||
60 | |||
61 | A Brief outline (and examples) how to use them to do so. | ||
62 | |||
63 | NOTE: | ||
64 | The environment variable SSL_CIPER is used to specify the prefered | ||
65 | cipher to use, play around with setting it's value to combinations of | ||
66 | RC4-MD5, EXP-RC4-MD5, CBC-DES-MD5, CBC3-DES-MD5, CFB-DES-NULL | ||
67 | in a : separated list. | ||
68 | |||
69 | This directory contains 3 X509 certificates which can be used by these programs. | ||
70 | client.pem: a file containing a certificate and private key to be used | ||
71 | by s_client. | ||
72 | server.pem :a file containing a certificate and private key to be used | ||
73 | by s_server. | ||
74 | eay1024.pem:the certificate used to sign client.pem and server.pem. | ||
75 | This would be your CA's certificate. There is also a link | ||
76 | from the file a8556381.0 to eay1024.PEM. The value a8556381 | ||
77 | is returned by 'x509 -hash -noout <eay1024.pem' and is the | ||
78 | value used by X509 verification routines to 'find' this | ||
79 | certificte when search a directory for it. | ||
80 | [the above is not true any more, the CA cert is | ||
81 | ../certs/testca.pem which is signed by ../certs/mincomca.pem] | ||
82 | |||
83 | When testing the s_server, you may get | ||
84 | bind: Address already in use | ||
85 | errors. These indicate the port is still being held by the unix | ||
86 | kernel and you are going to have to wait for it to let go of it. If | ||
87 | this is the case, remember to use the port commands on the s_server and | ||
88 | s_client to talk on an alternative port. | ||
89 | |||
90 | ===== | ||
91 | s_client. | ||
92 | This program can be used to connect to any IP/hostname:port that is | ||
93 | talking SSL. Once connected, it will attempt to authenticate the | ||
94 | certificate it was passed and if everything works as expected, a 2 | ||
95 | directional channel will be open. Any text typed will be sent to the | ||
96 | other end. type Q<cr> to exit. Flags are as follows. | ||
97 | -host arg : Arg is the host or IP address to connect to. | ||
98 | -port arg : Arg is the port to connect to (https is 443). | ||
99 | -verify arg : Turn on authentication of the server certificate. | ||
100 | : Arg specifies the 'depth', this will covered below. | ||
101 | -cert arg : The optional certificate to use. This certificate | ||
102 | : will be returned to the server if the server | ||
103 | : requests it for client authentication. | ||
104 | -key arg : The private key that matches the certificate | ||
105 | : specified by the -cert option. If this is not | ||
106 | : specified (but -cert is), the -cert file will be | ||
107 | : searched for the Private key. Both files are | ||
108 | : assumed to be in PEM format. | ||
109 | -CApath arg : When to look for certificates when 'verifying' the | ||
110 | : certificate from the server. | ||
111 | -CAfile arg : A file containing certificates to be used for | ||
112 | : 'verifying' the server certificate. | ||
113 | -reconnect : Once a connection has been made, drop it and | ||
114 | : reconnect with same session-id. This is for testing :-). | ||
115 | |||
116 | The '-verify n' parameter specifies not only to verify the servers | ||
117 | certificate but to also only take notice of 'n' levels. The best way | ||
118 | to explain is to show via examples. | ||
119 | Given | ||
120 | s_server -cert server.PEM is running. | ||
121 | |||
122 | s_client | ||
123 | CONNECTED | ||
124 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
125 | issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
126 | verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
127 | verify return:1 | ||
128 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
129 | What has happened is that the 'SSLeay demo server' certificate's | ||
130 | issuer ('CA') could not be found but because verify is not on, we | ||
131 | don't care and the connection has been made anyway. It is now 'up' | ||
132 | using CBC-DES-MD5 mode. This is an unauthenticate secure channel. | ||
133 | You may not be talking to the right person but the data going to them | ||
134 | is encrypted. | ||
135 | |||
136 | s_client -verify 0 | ||
137 | CONNECTED | ||
138 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
139 | issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
140 | verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
141 | verify return:1 | ||
142 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
143 | We are 'verifying' but only to depth 0, so since the 'SSLeay demo server' | ||
144 | certificate passed the date and checksum, we are happy to proceed. | ||
145 | |||
146 | s_client -verify 1 | ||
147 | CONNECTED | ||
148 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
149 | issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
150 | verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
151 | verify return:0 | ||
152 | ERROR | ||
153 | verify error:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
154 | In this case we failed to make the connection because we could not | ||
155 | authenticate the certificate because we could not find the | ||
156 | 'CA' certificate. | ||
157 | |||
158 | s_client -verify 1 -CAfile eay1024.PEM | ||
159 | CONNECTED | ||
160 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
161 | verify return:1 | ||
162 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
163 | verify return:1 | ||
164 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
165 | We loaded the certificates from the file eay1024.PEM. Everything | ||
166 | checked out and so we made the connection. | ||
167 | |||
168 | s_client -verify 1 -CApath . | ||
169 | CONNECTED | ||
170 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
171 | verify return:1 | ||
172 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
173 | verify return:1 | ||
174 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
175 | We looked in out local directory for issuer certificates and 'found' | ||
176 | a8556381.0 and so everything is ok. | ||
177 | |||
178 | It is worth noting that 'CA' is a self certified certificate. If you | ||
179 | are passed one of these, it will fail to 'verify' at depth 0 because | ||
180 | we need to lookup the certifier of a certificate from some information | ||
181 | that we trust and keep locally. | ||
182 | |||
183 | SSL_CIPHER=CBC3-DES-MD5:RC4-MD5 | ||
184 | export SSL_CIPHER | ||
185 | s_client -verify 10 -CApath . -reconnect | ||
186 | CONNECTED | ||
187 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
188 | verify return:1 | ||
189 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
190 | verify return:1 | ||
191 | drop the connection and reconnect with the same session id | ||
192 | CIPHER is CBC3-DES-MD5 | ||
193 | This has done a full connection and then re-estabished it with the | ||
194 | same session id but a new socket. No RSA stuff occures on the second | ||
195 | connection. Note that we said we would prefer to use CBC3-DES-MD5 | ||
196 | encryption and so, since the server supports it, we are. | ||
197 | |||
198 | ===== | ||
199 | s_server | ||
200 | This program accepts SSL connections on a specified port | ||
201 | Once connected, it will estabish an SSL connection and optionaly | ||
202 | attempt to authenticate the client. A 2 directional channel will be | ||
203 | open. Any text typed will be sent to the other end. Type Q<cr> to exit. | ||
204 | Flags are as follows. | ||
205 | -port arg : Arg is the port to listen on. | ||
206 | -verify arg : Turn on authentication of the client if they have a | ||
207 | : certificate. Arg specifies the 'depth'. | ||
208 | -Verify arg : Turn on authentication of the client. If they don't | ||
209 | : have a valid certificate, drop the connection. | ||
210 | -cert arg : The certificate to use. This certificate | ||
211 | : will be passed to the client. If it is not | ||
212 | : specified, it will default to server.PEM | ||
213 | -key arg : The private key that matches the certificate | ||
214 | : specified by the -cert option. If this is not | ||
215 | : specified (but -cert is), the -cert file will be | ||
216 | : searched for the Private key. Both files are | ||
217 | : assumed to be in PEM format. Default is server.PEM | ||
218 | -CApath arg : When to look for certificates when 'verifying' the | ||
219 | : certificate from the client. | ||
220 | -CAfile arg : A file containing certificates to be used for | ||
221 | : 'verifying' the client certificate. | ||
222 | |||
223 | For the following 'demo' I will specify the s_server command and | ||
224 | the s_client command and then list the output from the s_server. | ||
225 | s_server | ||
226 | s_client | ||
227 | CONNECTED | ||
228 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
229 | Everything up and running | ||
230 | |||
231 | s_server -verify 0 | ||
232 | s_client | ||
233 | CONNECTED | ||
234 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
235 | Ok since no certificate was returned and we don't care. | ||
236 | |||
237 | s_server -verify 0 | ||
238 | ./s_client -cert client.PEM | ||
239 | CONNECTED | ||
240 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client | ||
241 | issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
242 | verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
243 | verify return:1 | ||
244 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
245 | Ok since we were only verifying to level 0 | ||
246 | |||
247 | s_server -verify 4 | ||
248 | s_client -cert client.PEM | ||
249 | CONNECTED | ||
250 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client | ||
251 | issuer= /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
252 | verify error:num=1:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
253 | verify return:0 | ||
254 | ERROR | ||
255 | verify error:unable to get issuer certificate | ||
256 | Bad because we could not authenticate the returned certificate. | ||
257 | |||
258 | s_server -verify 4 -CApath . | ||
259 | s_client -cert client.PEM | ||
260 | CONNECTED | ||
261 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client | ||
262 | verify return:1 | ||
263 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
264 | verify return:1 | ||
265 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
266 | Ok because we could authenticate the returned certificate :-). | ||
267 | |||
268 | s_server -Verify 0 -CApath . | ||
269 | s_client | ||
270 | CONNECTED | ||
271 | ERROR | ||
272 | SSL error:function is:REQUEST_CERTIFICATE | ||
273 | :error is :client end did not return a certificate | ||
274 | Error because no certificate returned. | ||
275 | |||
276 | s_server -Verify 4 -CApath . | ||
277 | s_client -cert client.PEM | ||
278 | CONNECTED | ||
279 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client | ||
280 | verify return:1 | ||
281 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
282 | verify return:1 | ||
283 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
284 | Full authentication of the client. | ||
285 | |||
286 | So in summary to do full authentication of both ends | ||
287 | s_server -Verify 9 -CApath . | ||
288 | s_client -cert client.PEM -CApath . -verify 9 | ||
289 | From the server side | ||
290 | CONNECTED | ||
291 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo client | ||
292 | verify return:1 | ||
293 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
294 | verify return:1 | ||
295 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
296 | From the client side | ||
297 | CONNECTED | ||
298 | depth=0 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=SSLeay demo server | ||
299 | verify return:1 | ||
300 | depth=1 /C=AU/SOP=QLD/O=Mincom Pty. Ltd./OU=CS/CN=CA | ||
301 | verify return:1 | ||
302 | CIPHER is CBC-DES-MD5 | ||
303 | |||
304 | For general probing of the 'internet https' servers for the | ||
305 | distribution area, run | ||
306 | s_client -host www.netscape.com -port 443 -verify 4 -CApath ../rsa/hash | ||
307 | Then enter | ||
308 | GET / | ||
309 | and you should be talking to the https server on that host. | ||
310 | |||
311 | www.rsa.com was refusing to respond to connections on 443 when I was | ||
312 | testing. | ||
313 | |||
314 | have fun :-). | ||
315 | |||
316 | eric | ||
317 | |||
318 | ==== a_verify.doc ======================================================== | ||
319 | |||
320 | From eay@mincom.com Fri Oct 4 18:29:06 1996 | ||
321 | Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA29080 | ||
322 | (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Fri, 4 Oct 1996 08:29:07 +1000 | ||
323 | Date: Fri, 4 Oct 1996 08:29:06 +1000 (EST) | ||
324 | From: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au> | ||
325 | X-Sender: eay@orb | ||
326 | To: wplatzer <wplatzer@iaik.tu-graz.ac.at> | ||
327 | Cc: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au>, SSL Mailing List <ssl-users@mincom.com> | ||
328 | Subject: Re: Netscape's Public Key | ||
329 | In-Reply-To: <19961003134837.NTM0049@iaik.tu-graz.ac.at> | ||
330 | Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.961004081346.8018K-100000@orb> | ||
331 | Mime-Version: 1.0 | ||
332 | Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII | ||
333 | Status: RO | ||
334 | X-Status: | ||
335 | |||
336 | On Thu, 3 Oct 1996, wplatzer wrote: | ||
337 | > I get Public Key from Netscape (Gold 3.0b4), but cannot do anything | ||
338 | > with it... It looks like (asn1parse): | ||
339 | > | ||
340 | > 0:d=0 hl=3 l=180 cons: SEQUENCE | ||
341 | > 3:d=1 hl=2 l= 96 cons: SEQUENCE | ||
342 | > 5:d=2 hl=2 l= 92 cons: SEQUENCE | ||
343 | > 7:d=3 hl=2 l= 13 cons: SEQUENCE | ||
344 | > 9:d=4 hl=2 l= 9 prim: OBJECT :rsaEncryption | ||
345 | > 20:d=4 hl=2 l= 0 prim: NULL | ||
346 | > 22:d=3 hl=2 l= 75 prim: BIT STRING | ||
347 | > 99:d=2 hl=2 l= 0 prim: IA5STRING : | ||
348 | > 101:d=1 hl=2 l= 13 cons: SEQUENCE | ||
349 | > 103:d=2 hl=2 l= 9 prim: OBJECT :md5withRSAEncryption | ||
350 | > 114:d=2 hl=2 l= 0 prim: NULL | ||
351 | > 116:d=1 hl=2 l= 65 prim: BIT STRING | ||
352 | > | ||
353 | > The first BIT STRING is the public key and the second BIT STRING is | ||
354 | > the signature. | ||
355 | > But a public key consists of the public exponent and the modulus. Are | ||
356 | > both numbers in the first BIT STRING? | ||
357 | > Is there a document simply describing this coding stuff (checking | ||
358 | > signature, get the public key, etc.)? | ||
359 | |||
360 | Minimal in SSLeay. If you want to see what the modulus and exponent are, | ||
361 | try asn1parse -offset 25 -length 75 <key.pem | ||
362 | asn1parse will currently stuff up on the 'length 75' part (fixed in next | ||
363 | release) but it will print the stuff. If you are after more | ||
364 | documentation on ASN.1, have a look at www.rsa.com and get their PKCS | ||
365 | documents, most of my initial work on SSLeay was done using them. | ||
366 | |||
367 | As for SSLeay, | ||
368 | util/crypto.num and util/ssl.num are lists of all exported functions in | ||
369 | the library (but not macros :-(. | ||
370 | |||
371 | The ones for extracting public keys from certificates and certificate | ||
372 | requests are EVP_PKEY * X509_REQ_extract_key(X509_REQ *req); | ||
373 | EVP_PKEY * X509_extract_key(X509 *x509); | ||
374 | |||
375 | To verify a signature on a signed ASN.1 object | ||
376 | int X509_verify(X509 *a,EVP_PKEY *key); | ||
377 | int X509_REQ_verify(X509_REQ *a,EVP_PKEY *key); | ||
378 | int X509_CRL_verify(X509_CRL *a,EVP_PKEY *key); | ||
379 | int NETSCAPE_SPKI_verify(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a,EVP_PKEY *key); | ||
380 | |||
381 | I should mention that EVP_PKEY can be used to hold a public or a private key, | ||
382 | since for things like RSA and DSS, a public key is just a subset of what | ||
383 | is stored for the private key. | ||
384 | |||
385 | To sign any of the above structures | ||
386 | |||
387 | int X509_sign(X509 *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md); | ||
388 | int X509_REQ_sign(X509_REQ *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md); | ||
389 | int X509_CRL_sign(X509_CRL *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md); | ||
390 | int NETSCAPE_SPKI_sign(NETSCAPE_SPKI *a,EVP_PKEY *key,EVP_MD *md); | ||
391 | |||
392 | where md is the message digest to sign with. | ||
393 | |||
394 | There are all defined in x509.h and all the _sign and _verify functions are | ||
395 | actually macros to the ASN1_sign() and ASN1_verify() functions. | ||
396 | These functions will put the correct algorithm identifiers in the correct | ||
397 | places in the structures. | ||
398 | |||
399 | eric | ||
400 | -- | ||
401 | Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates. | ||
402 | AARNet: eay@mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage(). | ||
403 | |||
404 | ==== x509 ======================================================= | ||
405 | |||
406 | X509_verify() | ||
407 | X509_sign() | ||
408 | |||
409 | X509_get_version() | ||
410 | X509_get_serialNumber() | ||
411 | X509_get_issuer() | ||
412 | X509_get_subject() | ||
413 | X509_get_notBefore() | ||
414 | X509_get_notAfter() | ||
415 | X509_get_pubkey() | ||
416 | |||
417 | X509_set_version() | ||
418 | X509_set_serialNumber() | ||
419 | X509_set_issuer() | ||
420 | X509_set_subject() | ||
421 | X509_set_notBefore() | ||
422 | X509_set_notAfter() | ||
423 | X509_set_pubkey() | ||
424 | |||
425 | X509_get_extensions() | ||
426 | X509_set_extensions() | ||
427 | |||
428 | X509_EXTENSIONS_clear() | ||
429 | X509_EXTENSIONS_retrieve() | ||
430 | X509_EXTENSIONS_add() | ||
431 | X509_EXTENSIONS_delete() | ||
432 | |||
433 | ==== x509 attribute ================================================ | ||
434 | |||
435 | PKCS7 | ||
436 | STACK of X509_ATTRIBUTES | ||
437 | ASN1_OBJECT | ||
438 | STACK of ASN1_TYPE | ||
439 | |||
440 | So it is | ||
441 | |||
442 | p7.xa[].obj | ||
443 | p7.xa[].data[] | ||
444 | |||
445 | get_obj_by_nid(STACK , nid) | ||
446 | get_num_by_nid(STACK , nid) | ||
447 | get_data_by_nid(STACK , nid, index) | ||
448 | |||
449 | X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_new(void ); | ||
450 | void X509_ATTRIBUTE_free(X509_ATTRIBUTE *a); | ||
451 | |||
452 | X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE **ex, | ||
453 | int nid, STACK *value); | ||
454 | |||
455 | X509_ATTRIBUTE *X509_ATTRIBUTE_create_by_OBJ(X509_ATTRIBUTE **ex, | ||
456 | int nid, STACK *value); | ||
457 | |||
458 | int X509_ATTRIBUTE_set_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex,ASN1_OBJECT *obj); | ||
459 | int X509_ATTRIBUTE_add_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex, int index, | ||
460 | ASN1_TYPE *value); | ||
461 | |||
462 | ASN1_OBJECT * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_object(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ex); | ||
463 | int X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_num(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne); | ||
464 | ASN1_TYPE * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_data(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne,int index); | ||
465 | |||
466 | ASN1_TYPE * X509_ATTRIBUTE_get_data_by_NID(X509_ATTRIBUTE *ne, | ||
467 | ASN1_OBJECT *obj); | ||
468 | |||
469 | X509_ATTRIBUTE *PKCS7_get_s_att_by_NID(PKCS7 *p7,int nid); | ||
470 | X509_ATTRIBUTE *PKCS7_get_u_att_by_NID(PKCS7 *p7,int nid); | ||
471 | |||
472 | ==== x509 v3 ======================================================== | ||
473 | |||
474 | The 'new' system. | ||
475 | |||
476 | The X509_EXTENSION_METHOD includes extensions and attributes and/or names. | ||
477 | Basically everthing that can be added to an X509 with an OID identifying it. | ||
478 | |||
479 | It operates via 2 methods per object id. | ||
480 | int a2i_XXX(X509 *x,char *str,int len); | ||
481 | int i2a_XXX(BIO *bp,X509 *x); | ||
482 | |||
483 | The a2i_XXX function will add the object with a value converted from the | ||
484 | string into the X509. Len can be -1 in which case the length is calculated | ||
485 | via strlen(str). Applications can always use direct knowledge to load and | ||
486 | unload the relevent objects themselves. | ||
487 | |||
488 | i2a_XXX will print to the passed BIO, a text representation of the | ||
489 | relevet object. Use a memory BIO if you want it printed to a buffer :-). | ||
490 | |||
491 | X509_add_by_NID(X509 *x,int nid,char *str,int len); | ||
492 | X509_add_by_OBJ(X509 *x,ASN1_OBJECT *obj,char *str,int len); | ||
493 | |||
494 | X509_print_by_name(BIO *bp,X509 *x); | ||
495 | X509_print_by_NID(BIO *bp,X509 *x); | ||
496 | X509_print_by_OBJ(BIO *bp,X509 *x); | ||
497 | |||
498 | ==== verify ======================================================== | ||
499 | |||
500 | X509_verify_cert_chain( | ||
501 | CERT_STORE *cert_store, | ||
502 | STACK /* X509 */ *certs, | ||
503 | int *verify_result, | ||
504 | int (*verify_error_callback)() | ||
505 | char *argument_to_callback, /* SSL */ | ||
506 | |||
507 | app_verify_callback( | ||
508 | char *app_verify_arg, /* from SSL_CTX */ | ||
509 | STACK /* X509 */ *certs, | ||
510 | int *verify_result, | ||
511 | int (*verify_error_callback)() | ||
512 | SSL *s, | ||
513 | |||
514 | int X509_verify_cert( | ||
515 | CERT_STORE *cert_store, | ||
516 | X509 *x509, | ||
517 | int *verify_result, | ||
518 | int (*verify_error_callback)(), | ||
519 | char *arg, | ||
520 | |||
521 | ==== apps.doc ======================================================== | ||
522 | |||
523 | The applications | ||
524 | |||
525 | Ok, where to begin.... | ||
526 | In the begining, when SSLeay was small (April 1995), there | ||
527 | were but few applications, they did happily cohabit in | ||
528 | the one bin directory. Then over time, they did multiply and grow, | ||
529 | and they started to look like microsoft software; 500k to print 'hello world'. | ||
530 | A new approach was needed. They were coalessed into one 'Monolithic' | ||
531 | application, ssleay. This one program is composed of many programs that | ||
532 | can all be compiled independantly. | ||
533 | |||
534 | ssleay has 3 modes of operation. | ||
535 | 1) If the ssleay binaray has the name of one of its component programs, it | ||
536 | executes that program and then exits. This can be achieve by using hard or | ||
537 | symbolic links, or failing that, just renaming the binary. | ||
538 | 2) If the first argument to ssleay is the name of one of the component | ||
539 | programs, that program runs that program and then exits. | ||
540 | 3) If there are no arguments, ssleay enters a 'command' mode. Each line is | ||
541 | interpreted as a program name plus arguments. After each 'program' is run, | ||
542 | ssleay returns to the comand line. | ||
543 | |||
544 | dgst - message digests | ||
545 | enc - encryption and base64 encoding | ||
546 | |||
547 | ans1parse - 'pulls' appart ASN.1 encoded objects like certificates. | ||
548 | |||
549 | dh - Diffle-Hellman parameter manipulation. | ||
550 | rsa - RSA manipulations. | ||
551 | crl - Certificate revokion list manipulations | ||
552 | x509 - X509 cert fiddles, including signing. | ||
553 | pkcs7 - pkcs7 manipulation, only DER versions right now. | ||
554 | |||
555 | genrsa - generate an RSA private key. | ||
556 | gendh - Generate a set of Diffle-Hellman parameters. | ||
557 | req - Generate a PKCS#10 object, a certificate request. | ||
558 | |||
559 | s_client - SSL client program | ||
560 | s_server - SSL server program | ||
561 | s_time - A SSL protocol timing program | ||
562 | s_mult - Another SSL server, but it multiplexes | ||
563 | connections. | ||
564 | s_filter - under development | ||
565 | |||
566 | errstr - Convert SSLeay error numbers to strings. | ||
567 | ca - Sign certificate requests, and generate | ||
568 | certificate revokion lists | ||
569 | crl2pkcs7 - put a crl and certifcates into a pkcs7 object. | ||
570 | speed - Benchmark the ciphers. | ||
571 | verify - Check certificates | ||
572 | hashdir - under development | ||
573 | |||
574 | [ there a now a few more options, play with the program to see what they | ||
575 | are ] | ||
576 | |||
577 | ==== asn1.doc ======================================================== | ||
578 | |||
579 | The ASN.1 Routines. | ||
580 | |||
581 | ASN.1 is a specification for how to encode structured 'data' in binary form. | ||
582 | The approach I have take to the manipulation of structures and their encoding | ||
583 | into ASN.1 is as follows. | ||
584 | |||
585 | For each distinct structure there are 4 function of the following form | ||
586 | TYPE *TYPE_new(void); | ||
587 | void TYPE_free(TYPE *); | ||
588 | TYPE *d2i_TYPE(TYPE **a,unsigned char **pp,long length); | ||
589 | long i2d_TYPE(TYPE *a,unsigned char **pp); /* CHECK RETURN VALUE */ | ||
590 | |||
591 | where TYPE is the type of the 'object'. The TYPE that have these functions | ||
592 | can be in one of 2 forms, either the internal C malloc()ed data structure | ||
593 | or in the DER (a variant of ASN.1 encoding) binary encoding which is just | ||
594 | an array of unsigned bytes. The 'i2d' functions converts from the internal | ||
595 | form to the DER form and the 'd2i' functions convert from the DER form to | ||
596 | the internal form. | ||
597 | |||
598 | The 'new' function returns a malloc()ed version of the structure with all | ||
599 | substructures either created or left as NULL pointers. For 'optional' | ||
600 | fields, they are normally left as NULL to indicate no value. For variable | ||
601 | size sub structures (often 'SET OF' or 'SEQUENCE OF' in ASN.1 syntax) the | ||
602 | STACK data type is used to hold the values. Have a read of stack.doc | ||
603 | and have a look at the relevant header files to see what I mean. If there | ||
604 | is an error while malloc()ing the structure, NULL is returned. | ||
605 | |||
606 | The 'free' function will free() all the sub components of a particular | ||
607 | structure. If any of those sub components have been 'removed', replace | ||
608 | them with NULL pointers, the 'free' functions are tolerant of NULL fields. | ||
609 | |||
610 | The 'd2i' function copies a binary representation into a C structure. It | ||
611 | operates as follows. 'a' is a pointer to a pointer to | ||
612 | the structure to populate, 'pp' is a pointer to a pointer to where the DER | ||
613 | byte string is located and 'length' is the length of the '*pp' data. | ||
614 | If there are no errors, a pointer to the populated structure is returned. | ||
615 | If there is an error, NULL is returned. Errors can occur because of | ||
616 | malloc() failures but normally they will be due to syntax errors in the DER | ||
617 | encoded data being parsed. It is also an error if there was an | ||
618 | attempt to read more that 'length' bytes from '*p'. If | ||
619 | everything works correctly, the value in '*p' is updated | ||
620 | to point at the location just beyond where the DER | ||
621 | structure was read from. In this way, chained calls to 'd2i' type | ||
622 | functions can be made, with the pointer into the 'data' array being | ||
623 | 'walked' along the input byte array. | ||
624 | Depending on the value passed for 'a', different things will be done. If | ||
625 | 'a' is NULL, a new structure will be malloc()ed and returned. If '*a' is | ||
626 | NULL, a new structure will be malloc()ed and put into '*a' and returned. | ||
627 | If '*a' is not NULL, the structure in '*a' will be populated, or in the | ||
628 | case of an error, free()ed and then returned. | ||
629 | Having these semantics means that a structure | ||
630 | can call a 'd2i' function to populate a field and if the field is currently | ||
631 | NULL, the structure will be created. | ||
632 | |||
633 | The 'i2d' function type is used to copy a C structure to a byte array. | ||
634 | The parameter 'a' is the structure to convert and '*p' is where to put it. | ||
635 | As for the 'd2i' type structure, 'p' is updated to point after the last | ||
636 | byte written. If p is NULL, no data is written. The function also returns | ||
637 | the number of bytes written. Where this becomes useful is that if the | ||
638 | function is called with a NULL 'p' value, the length is returned. This can | ||
639 | then be used to malloc() an array of bytes and then the same function can | ||
640 | be recalled passing the malloced array to be written to. e.g. | ||
641 | |||
642 | int len; | ||
643 | unsigned char *bytes,*p; | ||
644 | len=i2d_X509(x,NULL); /* get the size of the ASN1 encoding of 'x' */ | ||
645 | if ((bytes=(unsigned char *)malloc(len)) == NULL) | ||
646 | goto err; | ||
647 | p=bytes; | ||
648 | i2d_X509(x,&p); | ||
649 | |||
650 | Please note that a new variable, 'p' was passed to i2d_X509. After the | ||
651 | call to i2d_X509 p has been incremented by len bytes. | ||
652 | |||
653 | Now the reason for this functional organisation is that it allows nested | ||
654 | structures to be built up by calling these functions as required. There | ||
655 | are various macros used to help write the general 'i2d', 'd2i', 'new' and | ||
656 | 'free' functions. They are discussed in another file and would only be | ||
657 | used by some-one wanting to add new structures to the library. As you | ||
658 | might be able to guess, the process of writing ASN.1 files can be a bit CPU | ||
659 | expensive for complex structures. I'm willing to live with this since the | ||
660 | simpler library code make my life easier and hopefully most programs using | ||
661 | these routines will have their execution profiles dominated by cipher or | ||
662 | message digest routines. | ||
663 | What follows is a list of 'TYPE' values and the corresponding ASN.1 | ||
664 | structure and where it is used. | ||
665 | |||
666 | TYPE ASN.1 | ||
667 | ASN1_INTEGER INTEGER | ||
668 | ASN1_BIT_STRING BIT STRING | ||
669 | ASN1_OCTET_STRING OCTET STRING | ||
670 | ASN1_OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFIER | ||
671 | ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING PrintableString | ||
672 | ASN1_T61STRING T61String | ||
673 | ASN1_IA5STRING IA5String | ||
674 | ASN1_UTCTIME UTCTime | ||
675 | ASN1_TYPE Any of the above mentioned types plus SEQUENCE and SET | ||
676 | |||
677 | Most of the above mentioned types are actualled stored in the | ||
678 | ASN1_BIT_STRING type and macros are used to differentiate between them. | ||
679 | The 3 types used are | ||
680 | |||
681 | typedef struct asn1_object_st | ||
682 | { | ||
683 | /* both null if a dynamic ASN1_OBJECT, one is | ||
684 | * defined if a 'static' ASN1_OBJECT */ | ||
685 | char *sn,*ln; | ||
686 | int nid; | ||
687 | int length; | ||
688 | unsigned char *data; | ||
689 | } ASN1_OBJECT; | ||
690 | This is used to store ASN1 OBJECTS. Read 'objects.doc' for details ono | ||
691 | routines to manipulate this structure. 'sn' and 'ln' are used to hold text | ||
692 | strings that represent the object (short name and long or lower case name). | ||
693 | These are used by the 'OBJ' library. 'nid' is a number used by the OBJ | ||
694 | library to uniquely identify objects. The ASN1 routines will populate the | ||
695 | 'length' and 'data' fields which will contain the bit string representing | ||
696 | the object. | ||
697 | |||
698 | typedef struct asn1_bit_string_st | ||
699 | { | ||
700 | int length; | ||
701 | int type; | ||
702 | unsigned char *data; | ||
703 | } ASN1_BIT_STRING; | ||
704 | This structure is used to hold all the other base ASN1 types except for | ||
705 | ASN1_UTCTIME (which is really just a 'char *'). Length is the number of | ||
706 | bytes held in data and type is the ASN1 type of the object (there is a list | ||
707 | in asn1.h). | ||
708 | |||
709 | typedef struct asn1_type_st | ||
710 | { | ||
711 | int type; | ||
712 | union { | ||
713 | char *ptr; | ||
714 | ASN1_INTEGER * integer; | ||
715 | ASN1_BIT_STRING * bit_string; | ||
716 | ASN1_OCTET_STRING * octet_string; | ||
717 | ASN1_OBJECT * object; | ||
718 | ASN1_PRINTABLESTRING * printablestring; | ||
719 | ASN1_T61STRING * t61string; | ||
720 | ASN1_IA5STRING * ia5string; | ||
721 | ASN1_UTCTIME * utctime; | ||
722 | ASN1_BIT_STRING * set; | ||
723 | ASN1_BIT_STRING * sequence; | ||
724 | } value; | ||
725 | } ASN1_TYPE; | ||
726 | This structure is used in a few places when 'any' type of object can be | ||
727 | expected. | ||
728 | |||
729 | X509 Certificate | ||
730 | X509_CINF CertificateInfo | ||
731 | X509_ALGOR AlgorithmIdentifier | ||
732 | X509_NAME Name | ||
733 | X509_NAME_ENTRY A single sub component of the name. | ||
734 | X509_VAL Validity | ||
735 | X509_PUBKEY SubjectPublicKeyInfo | ||
736 | The above mentioned types are declared in x509.h. They are all quite | ||
737 | straight forward except for the X509_NAME/X509_NAME_ENTRY pair. | ||
738 | A X509_NAME is a STACK (see stack.doc) of X509_NAME_ENTRY's. | ||
739 | typedef struct X509_name_entry_st | ||
740 | { | ||
741 | ASN1_OBJECT *object; | ||
742 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *value; | ||
743 | int set; | ||
744 | int size; /* temp variable */ | ||
745 | } X509_NAME_ENTRY; | ||
746 | The size is a temporary variable used by i2d_NAME and set is the set number | ||
747 | for the particular NAME_ENTRY. A X509_NAME is encoded as a sequence of | ||
748 | sequence of sets. Normally each set contains only a single item. | ||
749 | Sometimes it contains more. Normally throughout this library there will be | ||
750 | only one item per set. The set field contains the 'set' that this entry is | ||
751 | a member of. So if you have just created a X509_NAME structure and | ||
752 | populated it with X509_NAME_ENTRYs, you should then traverse the X509_NAME | ||
753 | (which is just a STACK) and set the 'set/' field to incrementing numbers. | ||
754 | For more details on why this is done, read the ASN.1 spec for Distinguished | ||
755 | Names. | ||
756 | |||
757 | X509_REQ CertificateRequest | ||
758 | X509_REQ_INFO CertificateRequestInfo | ||
759 | These are used to hold certificate requests. | ||
760 | |||
761 | X509_CRL CertificateRevocationList | ||
762 | These are used to hold a certificate revocation list | ||
763 | |||
764 | RSAPrivateKey PrivateKeyInfo | ||
765 | RSAPublicKey PublicKeyInfo | ||
766 | Both these 'function groups' operate on 'RSA' structures (see rsa.doc). | ||
767 | The difference is that the RSAPublicKey operations only manipulate the m | ||
768 | and e fields in the RSA structure. | ||
769 | |||
770 | DSAPrivateKey DSS private key | ||
771 | DSAPublicKey DSS public key | ||
772 | Both these 'function groups' operate on 'DSS' structures (see dsa.doc). | ||
773 | The difference is that the RSAPublicKey operations only manipulate the | ||
774 | XXX fields in the DSA structure. | ||
775 | |||
776 | DHparams DHParameter | ||
777 | This is used to hold the p and g value for The Diffie-Hellman operation. | ||
778 | The function deal with the 'DH' strucure (see dh.doc). | ||
779 | |||
780 | Now all of these function types can be used with several other functions to give | ||
781 | quite useful set of general manipulation routines. Normally one would | ||
782 | not uses these functions directly but use them via macros. | ||
783 | |||
784 | char *ASN1_dup(int (*i2d)(),char *(*d2i)(),char *x); | ||
785 | 'x' is the input structure case to a 'char *', 'i2d' is the 'i2d_TYPE' | ||
786 | function for the type that 'x' is and d2i is the 'd2i_TYPE' function for the | ||
787 | type that 'x' is. As is obvious from the parameters, this function | ||
788 | duplicates the strucutre by transforming it into the DER form and then | ||
789 | re-loading it into a new strucutre and returning the new strucutre. This | ||
790 | is obviously a bit cpu intensive but when faced with a complex dynamic | ||
791 | structure this is the simplest programming approach. There are macros for | ||
792 | duplicating the major data types but is simple to add extras. | ||
793 | |||
794 | char *ASN1_d2i_fp(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),FILE *fp,unsigned char **x); | ||
795 | 'x' is a pointer to a pointer of the 'desired type'. new and d2i are the | ||
796 | corresponding 'TYPE_new' and 'd2i_TYPE' functions for the type and 'fp' is | ||
797 | an open file pointer to read from. This function reads from 'fp' as much | ||
798 | data as it can and then uses 'd2i' to parse the bytes to load and return | ||
799 | the parsed strucutre in 'x' (if it was non-NULL) and to actually return the | ||
800 | strucutre. The behavior of 'x' is as per all the other d2i functions. | ||
801 | |||
802 | char *ASN1_d2i_bio(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),BIO *fp,unsigned char **x); | ||
803 | The 'BIO' is the new IO type being used in SSLeay (see bio.doc). This | ||
804 | function is the same as ASN1_d2i_fp() except for the BIO argument. | ||
805 | ASN1_d2i_fp() actually calls this function. | ||
806 | |||
807 | int ASN1_i2d_fp(int (*i2d)(),FILE *out,unsigned char *x); | ||
808 | 'x' is converted to bytes by 'i2d' and then written to 'out'. ASN1_i2d_fp | ||
809 | and ASN1_d2i_fp are not really symetric since ASN1_i2d_fp will read all | ||
810 | available data from the file pointer before parsing a single item while | ||
811 | ASN1_i2d_fp can be used to write a sequence of data objects. To read a | ||
812 | series of objects from a file I would sugest loading the file into a buffer | ||
813 | and calling the relevent 'd2i' functions. | ||
814 | |||
815 | char *ASN1_d2i_bio(char *(*new)(),char *(*d2i)(),BIO *fp,unsigned char **x); | ||
816 | This function is the same as ASN1_i2d_fp() except for the BIO argument. | ||
817 | ASN1_i2d_fp() actually calls this function. | ||
818 | |||
819 | char * PEM_ASN1_read(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char **x,int (*cb)()); | ||
820 | This function will read the next PEM encoded (base64) object of the same | ||
821 | type as 'x' (loaded by the d2i function). 'name' is the name that is in | ||
822 | the '-----BEGIN name-----' that designates the start of that object type. | ||
823 | If the data is encrypted, 'cb' will be called to prompt for a password. If | ||
824 | it is NULL a default function will be used to prompt from the password. | ||
825 | 'x' is delt with as per the standard 'd2i' function interface. This | ||
826 | function can be used to read a series of objects from a file. While any | ||
827 | data type can be encrypted (see PEM_ASN1_write) only RSA private keys tend | ||
828 | to be encrypted. | ||
829 | |||
830 | char * PEM_ASN1_read_bio(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,BIO *fp, | ||
831 | char **x,int (*cb)()); | ||
832 | Same as PEM_ASN1_read() except using a BIO. This is called by | ||
833 | PEM_ASN1_read(). | ||
834 | |||
835 | int PEM_ASN1_write(int (*i2d)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char *x,EVP_CIPHER *enc, | ||
836 | unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)()); | ||
837 | |||
838 | int PEM_ASN1_write_bio(int (*i2d)(),char *name,BIO *fp, | ||
839 | char *x,EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen, | ||
840 | int (*callback)()); | ||
841 | |||
842 | int ASN1_sign(int (*i2d)(), X509_ALGOR *algor1, X509_ALGOR *algor2, | ||
843 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature, char *data, RSA *rsa, EVP_MD *type); | ||
844 | int ASN1_verify(int (*i2d)(), X509_ALGOR *algor1, | ||
845 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *signature,char *data, RSA *rsa); | ||
846 | |||
847 | int ASN1_BIT_STRING_cmp(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, ASN1_BIT_STRING *b); | ||
848 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *ASN1_BIT_STRING_type_new(int type ); | ||
849 | |||
850 | int ASN1_UTCTIME_check(ASN1_UTCTIME *a); | ||
851 | void ASN1_UTCTIME_print(BIO *fp,ASN1_UTCTIME *a); | ||
852 | ASN1_UTCTIME *ASN1_UTCTIME_dup(ASN1_UTCTIME *a); | ||
853 | |||
854 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *d2i_asn1_print_type(ASN1_BIT_STRING **a,unsigned char **pp, | ||
855 | long length,int type); | ||
856 | |||
857 | int i2d_ASN1_SET(STACK *a, unsigned char **pp, | ||
858 | int (*func)(), int ex_tag, int ex_class); | ||
859 | STACK * d2i_ASN1_SET(STACK **a, unsigned char **pp, long length, | ||
860 | char *(*func)(), int ex_tag, int ex_class); | ||
861 | |||
862 | int i2a_ASN1_OBJECT(BIO *bp,ASN1_OBJECT *object); | ||
863 | int i2a_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp, ASN1_INTEGER *a); | ||
864 | int a2i_ASN1_INTEGER(BIO *bp,ASN1_INTEGER *bs,char *buf,int size); | ||
865 | |||
866 | int ASN1_INTEGER_set(ASN1_INTEGER *a, long v); | ||
867 | long ASN1_INTEGER_get(ASN1_INTEGER *a); | ||
868 | ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai); | ||
869 | BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(ASN1_INTEGER *ai,BIGNUM *bn); | ||
870 | |||
871 | /* given a string, return the correct type. Max is the maximum number | ||
872 | * of bytes to parse. It stops parsing when 'max' bytes have been | ||
873 | * processed or a '\0' is hit */ | ||
874 | int ASN1_PRINTABLE_type(unsigned char *s,int max); | ||
875 | |||
876 | void ASN1_parse(BIO *fp,unsigned char *pp,long len); | ||
877 | |||
878 | int i2d_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_BIT_STRING *a, unsigned char **pp, int tag, int class); | ||
879 | ASN1_BIT_STRING *d2i_ASN1_bytes(ASN1_OCTET_STRING **a, unsigned char **pp, | ||
880 | long length, int Ptag, int Pclass); | ||
881 | |||
882 | /* PARSING */ | ||
883 | int asn1_Finish(ASN1_CTX *c); | ||
884 | |||
885 | /* SPECIALS */ | ||
886 | int ASN1_get_object(unsigned char **pp, long *plength, int *ptag, | ||
887 | int *pclass, long omax); | ||
888 | int ASN1_check_infinite_end(unsigned char **p,long len); | ||
889 | void ASN1_put_object(unsigned char **pp, int constructed, int length, | ||
890 | int tag, int class); | ||
891 | int ASN1_object_size(int constructed, int length, int tag); | ||
892 | |||
893 | X509 * X509_get_cert(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509_NAME * name,X509 *tmp_x509); | ||
894 | int X509_add_cert(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *); | ||
895 | |||
896 | char * X509_cert_verify_error_string(int n); | ||
897 | int X509_add_cert_file(CERTIFICATE_CTX *c,char *file, int type); | ||
898 | char * X509_gmtime (char *s, long adj); | ||
899 | int X509_add_cert_dir (CERTIFICATE_CTX *c,char *dir, int type); | ||
900 | int X509_load_verify_locations (CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx, | ||
901 | char *file_env, char *dir_env); | ||
902 | int X509_set_default_verify_paths(CERTIFICATE_CTX *cts); | ||
903 | X509 * X509_new_D2i_X509(int len, unsigned char *p); | ||
904 | char * X509_get_default_cert_area(void ); | ||
905 | char * X509_get_default_cert_dir(void ); | ||
906 | char * X509_get_default_cert_file(void ); | ||
907 | char * X509_get_default_cert_dir_env(void ); | ||
908 | char * X509_get_default_cert_file_env(void ); | ||
909 | char * X509_get_default_private_dir(void ); | ||
910 | X509_REQ *X509_X509_TO_req(X509 *x, RSA *rsa); | ||
911 | int X509_cert_verify(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *xs, int (*cb)()); | ||
912 | |||
913 | CERTIFICATE_CTX *CERTIFICATE_CTX_new(); | ||
914 | void CERTIFICATE_CTX_free(CERTIFICATE_CTX *c); | ||
915 | |||
916 | void X509_NAME_print(BIO *fp, X509_NAME *name, int obase); | ||
917 | int X509_print_fp(FILE *fp,X509 *x); | ||
918 | int X509_print(BIO *fp,X509 *x); | ||
919 | |||
920 | X509_INFO * X509_INFO_new(void); | ||
921 | void X509_INFO_free(X509_INFO *a); | ||
922 | |||
923 | char * X509_NAME_oneline(X509_NAME *a); | ||
924 | |||
925 | #define X509_verify(x,rsa) | ||
926 | #define X509_REQ_verify(x,rsa) | ||
927 | #define X509_CRL_verify(x,rsa) | ||
928 | |||
929 | #define X509_sign(x,rsa,md) | ||
930 | #define X509_REQ_sign(x,rsa,md) | ||
931 | #define X509_CRL_sign(x,rsa,md) | ||
932 | |||
933 | #define X509_dup(x509) | ||
934 | #define d2i_X509_fp(fp,x509) | ||
935 | #define i2d_X509_fp(fp,x509) | ||
936 | #define d2i_X509_bio(bp,x509) | ||
937 | #define i2d_X509_bio(bp,x509) | ||
938 | |||
939 | #define X509_CRL_dup(crl) | ||
940 | #define d2i_X509_CRL_fp(fp,crl) | ||
941 | #define i2d_X509_CRL_fp(fp,crl) | ||
942 | #define d2i_X509_CRL_bio(bp,crl) | ||
943 | #define i2d_X509_CRL_bio(bp,crl) | ||
944 | |||
945 | #define X509_REQ_dup(req) | ||
946 | #define d2i_X509_REQ_fp(fp,req) | ||
947 | #define i2d_X509_REQ_fp(fp,req) | ||
948 | #define d2i_X509_REQ_bio(bp,req) | ||
949 | #define i2d_X509_REQ_bio(bp,req) | ||
950 | |||
951 | #define RSAPrivateKey_dup(rsa) | ||
952 | #define d2i_RSAPrivateKey_fp(fp,rsa) | ||
953 | #define i2d_RSAPrivateKey_fp(fp,rsa) | ||
954 | #define d2i_RSAPrivateKey_bio(bp,rsa) | ||
955 | #define i2d_RSAPrivateKey_bio(bp,rsa) | ||
956 | |||
957 | #define X509_NAME_dup(xn) | ||
958 | #define X509_NAME_ENTRY_dup(ne) | ||
959 | |||
960 | void X509_REQ_print_fp(FILE *fp,X509_REQ *req); | ||
961 | void X509_REQ_print(BIO *fp,X509_REQ *req); | ||
962 | |||
963 | RSA *X509_REQ_extract_key(X509_REQ *req); | ||
964 | RSA *X509_extract_key(X509 *x509); | ||
965 | |||
966 | int X509_issuer_and_serial_cmp(X509 *a, X509 *b); | ||
967 | unsigned long X509_issuer_and_serial_hash(X509 *a); | ||
968 | |||
969 | X509_NAME * X509_get_issuer_name(X509 *a); | ||
970 | int X509_issuer_name_cmp(X509 *a, X509 *b); | ||
971 | unsigned long X509_issuer_name_hash(X509 *a); | ||
972 | |||
973 | X509_NAME * X509_get_subject_name(X509 *a); | ||
974 | int X509_subject_name_cmp(X509 *a,X509 *b); | ||
975 | unsigned long X509_subject_name_hash(X509 *x); | ||
976 | |||
977 | int X509_NAME_cmp (X509_NAME *a, X509_NAME *b); | ||
978 | unsigned long X509_NAME_hash(X509_NAME *x); | ||
979 | |||
980 | |||
981 | ==== bio.doc ======================================================== | ||
982 | |||
983 | BIO Routines | ||
984 | |||
985 | This documentation is rather sparse, you are probably best | ||
986 | off looking at the code for specific details. | ||
987 | |||
988 | The BIO library is a IO abstraction that was originally | ||
989 | inspired by the need to have callbacks to perform IO to FILE | ||
990 | pointers when using Windows 3.1 DLLs. There are two types | ||
991 | of BIO; a source/sink type and a filter type. | ||
992 | The source/sink methods are as follows: | ||
993 | - BIO_s_mem() memory buffer - a read/write byte array that | ||
994 | grows until memory runs out :-). | ||
995 | - BIO_s_file() FILE pointer - A wrapper around the normal | ||
996 | 'FILE *' commands, good for use with stdin/stdout. | ||
997 | - BIO_s_fd() File descriptor - A wrapper around file | ||
998 | descriptors, often used with pipes. | ||
999 | - BIO_s_socket() Socket - Used around sockets. It is | ||
1000 | mostly in the Microsoft world that sockets are different | ||
1001 | from file descriptors and there are all those ugly winsock | ||
1002 | commands. | ||
1003 | - BIO_s_null() Null - read nothing and write nothing.; a | ||
1004 | useful endpoint for filter type BIO's specifically things | ||
1005 | like the message digest BIO. | ||
1006 | |||
1007 | The filter types are | ||
1008 | - BIO_f_buffer() IO buffering - does output buffering into | ||
1009 | larger chunks and performs input buffering to allow gets() | ||
1010 | type functions. | ||
1011 | - BIO_f_md() Message digest - a transparent filter that can | ||
1012 | be asked to return a message digest for the data that has | ||
1013 | passed through it. | ||
1014 | - BIO_f_cipher() Encrypt or decrypt all data passing | ||
1015 | through the filter. | ||
1016 | - BIO_f_base64() Base64 decode on read and encode on write. | ||
1017 | - BIO_f_ssl() A filter that performs SSL encryption on the | ||
1018 | data sent through it. | ||
1019 | |||
1020 | Base BIO functions. | ||
1021 | The BIO library has a set of base functions that are | ||
1022 | implemented for each particular type. Filter BIOs will | ||
1023 | normally call the equivalent function on the source/sink BIO | ||
1024 | that they are layered on top of after they have performed | ||
1025 | some modification to the data stream. Multiple filter BIOs | ||
1026 | can be 'push' into a stack of modifers, so to read from a | ||
1027 | file, unbase64 it, then decrypt it, a BIO_f_cipher, | ||
1028 | BIO_f_base64 and a BIO_s_file would probably be used. If a | ||
1029 | sha-1 and md5 message digest needed to be generated, a stack | ||
1030 | two BIO_f_md() BIOs and a BIO_s_null() BIO could be used. | ||
1031 | The base functions are | ||
1032 | - BIO *BIO_new(BIO_METHOD *type); Create a new BIO of type 'type'. | ||
1033 | - int BIO_free(BIO *a); Free a BIO structure. Depending on | ||
1034 | the configuration, this will free the underlying data | ||
1035 | object for a source/sink BIO. | ||
1036 | - int BIO_read(BIO *b, char *data, int len); Read upto 'len' | ||
1037 | bytes into 'data'. | ||
1038 | - int BIO_gets(BIO *bp,char *buf, int size); Depending on | ||
1039 | the BIO, this can either be a 'get special' or a get one | ||
1040 | line of data, as per fgets(); | ||
1041 | - int BIO_write(BIO *b, char *data, int len); Write 'len' | ||
1042 | bytes from 'data' to the 'b' BIO. | ||
1043 | - int BIO_puts(BIO *bp,char *buf); Either a 'put special' or | ||
1044 | a write null terminated string as per fputs(). | ||
1045 | - long BIO_ctrl(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,char *parg); A | ||
1046 | control function which is used to manipulate the BIO | ||
1047 | structure and modify it's state and or report on it. This | ||
1048 | function is just about never used directly, rather it | ||
1049 | should be used in conjunction with BIO_METHOD specific | ||
1050 | macros. | ||
1051 | - BIO *BIO_push(BIO *new_top, BIO *old); new_top is apped to the | ||
1052 | top of the 'old' BIO list. new_top should be a filter BIO. | ||
1053 | All writes will go through 'new_top' first and last on read. | ||
1054 | 'old' is returned. | ||
1055 | - BIO *BIO_pop(BIO *bio); the new topmost BIO is returned, NULL if | ||
1056 | there are no more. | ||
1057 | |||
1058 | If a particular low level BIO method is not supported | ||
1059 | (normally BIO_gets()), -2 will be returned if that method is | ||
1060 | called. Otherwise the IO methods (read, write, gets, puts) | ||
1061 | will return the number of bytes read or written, and 0 or -1 | ||
1062 | for error (or end of input). For the -1 case, | ||
1063 | BIO_should_retry(bio) can be called to determine if it was a | ||
1064 | genuine error or a temporary problem. -2 will also be | ||
1065 | returned if the BIO has not been initalised yet, in all | ||
1066 | cases, the correct error codes are set (accessible via the | ||
1067 | ERR library). | ||
1068 | |||
1069 | |||
1070 | The following functions are convenience functions: | ||
1071 | - int BIO_printf(BIO *bio, char * format, ..); printf but | ||
1072 | to a BIO handle. | ||
1073 | - long BIO_ctrl_int(BIO *bp,int cmd,long larg,int iarg); a | ||
1074 | convenience function to allow a different argument types | ||
1075 | to be passed to BIO_ctrl(). | ||
1076 | - int BIO_dump(BIO *b,char *bytes,int len); output 'len' | ||
1077 | bytes from 'bytes' in a hex dump debug format. | ||
1078 | - long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio, int cmd, char *argp, int | ||
1079 | argi, long argl, long ret) - a default debug BIO callback, | ||
1080 | this is mentioned below. To use this one normally has to | ||
1081 | use the BIO_set_callback_arg() function to assign an | ||
1082 | output BIO for the callback to use. | ||
1083 | - BIO *BIO_find_type(BIO *bio,int type); when there is a 'stack' | ||
1084 | of BIOs, this function scan the list and returns the first | ||
1085 | that is of type 'type', as listed in buffer.h under BIO_TYPE_XXX. | ||
1086 | - void BIO_free_all(BIO *bio); Free the bio and all other BIOs | ||
1087 | in the list. It walks the bio->next_bio list. | ||
1088 | |||
1089 | |||
1090 | |||
1091 | Extra commands are normally implemented as macros calling BIO_ctrl(). | ||
1092 | - BIO_number_read(BIO *bio) - the number of bytes processed | ||
1093 | by BIO_read(bio,.). | ||
1094 | - BIO_number_written(BIO *bio) - the number of bytes written | ||
1095 | by BIO_write(bio,.). | ||
1096 | - BIO_reset(BIO *bio) - 'reset' the BIO. | ||
1097 | - BIO_eof(BIO *bio) - non zero if we are at the current end | ||
1098 | of input. | ||
1099 | - BIO_set_close(BIO *bio, int close_flag) - set the close flag. | ||
1100 | - BIO_get_close(BIO *bio) - return the close flag. | ||
1101 | BIO_pending(BIO *bio) - return the number of bytes waiting | ||
1102 | to be read (normally buffered internally). | ||
1103 | - BIO_flush(BIO *bio) - output any data waiting to be output. | ||
1104 | - BIO_should_retry(BIO *io) - after a BIO_read/BIO_write | ||
1105 | operation returns 0 or -1, a call to this function will | ||
1106 | return non zero if you should retry the call later (this | ||
1107 | is for non-blocking IO). | ||
1108 | - BIO_should_read(BIO *io) - we should retry when data can | ||
1109 | be read. | ||
1110 | - BIO_should_write(BIO *io) - we should retry when data can | ||
1111 | be written. | ||
1112 | - BIO_method_name(BIO *io) - return a string for the method name. | ||
1113 | - BIO_method_type(BIO *io) - return the unique ID of the BIO method. | ||
1114 | - BIO_set_callback(BIO *io, long (*callback)(BIO *io, int | ||
1115 | cmd, char *argp, int argi, long argl, long ret); - sets | ||
1116 | the debug callback. | ||
1117 | - BIO_get_callback(BIO *io) - return the assigned function | ||
1118 | as mentioned above. | ||
1119 | - BIO_set_callback_arg(BIO *io, char *arg) - assign some | ||
1120 | data against the BIO. This is normally used by the debug | ||
1121 | callback but could in reality be used for anything. To | ||
1122 | get an idea of how all this works, have a look at the code | ||
1123 | in the default debug callback mentioned above. The | ||
1124 | callback can modify the return values. | ||
1125 | |||
1126 | Details of the BIO_METHOD structure. | ||
1127 | typedef struct bio_method_st | ||
1128 | { | ||
1129 | int type; | ||
1130 | char *name; | ||
1131 | int (*bwrite)(); | ||
1132 | int (*bread)(); | ||
1133 | int (*bputs)(); | ||
1134 | int (*bgets)(); | ||
1135 | long (*ctrl)(); | ||
1136 | int (*create)(); | ||
1137 | int (*destroy)(); | ||
1138 | } BIO_METHOD; | ||
1139 | |||
1140 | The 'type' is the numeric type of the BIO, these are listed in buffer.h; | ||
1141 | 'Name' is a textual representation of the BIO 'type'. | ||
1142 | The 7 function pointers point to the respective function | ||
1143 | methods, some of which can be NULL if not implemented. | ||
1144 | The BIO structure | ||
1145 | typedef struct bio_st | ||
1146 | { | ||
1147 | BIO_METHOD *method; | ||
1148 | long (*callback)(BIO * bio, int mode, char *argp, int | ||
1149 | argi, long argl, long ret); | ||
1150 | char *cb_arg; /* first argument for the callback */ | ||
1151 | int init; | ||
1152 | int shutdown; | ||
1153 | int flags; /* extra storage */ | ||
1154 | int num; | ||
1155 | char *ptr; | ||
1156 | struct bio_st *next_bio; /* used by filter BIOs */ | ||
1157 | int references; | ||
1158 | unsigned long num_read; | ||
1159 | unsigned long num_write; | ||
1160 | } BIO; | ||
1161 | |||
1162 | - 'Method' is the BIO method. | ||
1163 | - 'callback', when configured, is called before and after | ||
1164 | each BIO method is called for that particular BIO. This | ||
1165 | is intended primarily for debugging and of informational feedback. | ||
1166 | - 'init' is 0 when the BIO can be used for operation. | ||
1167 | Often, after a BIO is created, a number of operations may | ||
1168 | need to be performed before it is available for use. An | ||
1169 | example is for BIO_s_sock(). A socket needs to be | ||
1170 | assigned to the BIO before it can be used. | ||
1171 | - 'shutdown', this flag indicates if the underlying | ||
1172 | comunication primative being used should be closed/freed | ||
1173 | when the BIO is closed. | ||
1174 | - 'flags' is used to hold extra state. It is primarily used | ||
1175 | to hold information about why a non-blocking operation | ||
1176 | failed and to record startup protocol information for the | ||
1177 | SSL BIO. | ||
1178 | - 'num' and 'ptr' are used to hold instance specific state | ||
1179 | like file descriptors or local data structures. | ||
1180 | - 'next_bio' is used by filter BIOs to hold the pointer of the | ||
1181 | next BIO in the chain. written data is sent to this BIO and | ||
1182 | data read is taken from it. | ||
1183 | - 'references' is used to indicate the number of pointers to | ||
1184 | this structure. This needs to be '1' before a call to | ||
1185 | BIO_free() is made if the BIO_free() function is to | ||
1186 | actually free() the structure, otherwise the reference | ||
1187 | count is just decreased. The actual BIO subsystem does | ||
1188 | not really use this functionality but it is useful when | ||
1189 | used in more advanced applicaion. | ||
1190 | - num_read and num_write are the total number of bytes | ||
1191 | read/written via the 'read()' and 'write()' methods. | ||
1192 | |||
1193 | BIO_ctrl operations. | ||
1194 | The following is the list of standard commands passed as the | ||
1195 | second parameter to BIO_ctrl() and should be supported by | ||
1196 | all BIO as best as possible. Some are optional, some are | ||
1197 | manditory, in any case, where is makes sense, a filter BIO | ||
1198 | should pass such requests to underlying BIO's. | ||
1199 | - BIO_CTRL_RESET - Reset the BIO back to an initial state. | ||
1200 | - BIO_CTRL_EOF - return 0 if we are not at the end of input, | ||
1201 | non 0 if we are. | ||
1202 | - BIO_CTRL_INFO - BIO specific special command, normal | ||
1203 | information return. | ||
1204 | - BIO_CTRL_SET - set IO specific parameter. | ||
1205 | - BIO_CTRL_GET - get IO specific parameter. | ||
1206 | - BIO_CTRL_GET_CLOSE - Get the close on BIO_free() flag, one | ||
1207 | of BIO_CLOSE or BIO_NOCLOSE. | ||
1208 | - BIO_CTRL_SET_CLOSE - Set the close on BIO_free() flag. | ||
1209 | - BIO_CTRL_PENDING - Return the number of bytes available | ||
1210 | for instant reading | ||
1211 | - BIO_CTRL_FLUSH - Output pending data, return number of bytes output. | ||
1212 | - BIO_CTRL_SHOULD_RETRY - After an IO error (-1 returned) | ||
1213 | should we 'retry' when IO is possible on the underlying IO object. | ||
1214 | - BIO_CTRL_RETRY_TYPE - What kind of IO are we waiting on. | ||
1215 | |||
1216 | The following command is a special BIO_s_file() specific option. | ||
1217 | - BIO_CTRL_SET_FILENAME - specify a file to open for IO. | ||
1218 | |||
1219 | The BIO_CTRL_RETRY_TYPE needs a little more explanation. | ||
1220 | When performing non-blocking IO, or say reading on a memory | ||
1221 | BIO, when no data is present (or cannot be written), | ||
1222 | BIO_read() and/or BIO_write() will return -1. | ||
1223 | BIO_should_retry(bio) will return true if this is due to an | ||
1224 | IO condition rather than an actual error. In the case of | ||
1225 | BIO_s_mem(), a read when there is no data will return -1 and | ||
1226 | a should retry when there is more 'read' data. | ||
1227 | The retry type is deduced from 2 macros | ||
1228 | BIO_should_read(bio) and BIO_should_write(bio). | ||
1229 | Now while it may appear obvious that a BIO_read() failure | ||
1230 | should indicate that a retry should be performed when more | ||
1231 | read data is available, this is often not true when using | ||
1232 | things like an SSL BIO. During the SSL protocol startup | ||
1233 | multiple reads and writes are performed, triggered by any | ||
1234 | SSL_read or SSL_write. | ||
1235 | So to write code that will transparently handle either a | ||
1236 | socket or SSL BIO, | ||
1237 | i=BIO_read(bio,..) | ||
1238 | if (I == -1) | ||
1239 | { | ||
1240 | if (BIO_should_retry(bio)) | ||
1241 | { | ||
1242 | if (BIO_should_read(bio)) | ||
1243 | { | ||
1244 | /* call us again when BIO can be read */ | ||
1245 | } | ||
1246 | if (BIO_should_write(bio)) | ||
1247 | { | ||
1248 | /* call us again when BIO can be written */ | ||
1249 | } | ||
1250 | } | ||
1251 | } | ||
1252 | |||
1253 | At this point in time only read and write conditions can be | ||
1254 | used but in the future I can see the situation for other | ||
1255 | conditions, specifically with SSL there could be a condition | ||
1256 | of a X509 certificate lookup taking place and so the non- | ||
1257 | blocking BIO_read would require a retry when the certificate | ||
1258 | lookup subsystem has finished it's lookup. This is all | ||
1259 | makes more sense and is easy to use in a event loop type | ||
1260 | setup. | ||
1261 | When using the SSL BIO, either SSL_read() or SSL_write()s | ||
1262 | can be called during the protocol startup and things will | ||
1263 | still work correctly. | ||
1264 | The nice aspect of the use of the BIO_should_retry() macro | ||
1265 | is that all the errno codes that indicate a non-fatal error | ||
1266 | are encapsulated in one place. The Windows specific error | ||
1267 | codes and WSAGetLastError() calls are also hidden from the | ||
1268 | application. | ||
1269 | |||
1270 | Notes on each BIO method. | ||
1271 | Normally buffer.h is just required but depending on the | ||
1272 | BIO_METHOD, ssl.h or evp.h will also be required. | ||
1273 | |||
1274 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_mem(void); | ||
1275 | - BIO_set_mem_buf(BIO *bio, BUF_MEM *bm, int close_flag) - | ||
1276 | set the underlying BUF_MEM structure for the BIO to use. | ||
1277 | - BIO_get_mem_ptr(BIO *bio, char **pp) - if pp is not NULL, | ||
1278 | set it to point to the memory array and return the number | ||
1279 | of bytes available. | ||
1280 | A read/write BIO. Any data written is appended to the | ||
1281 | memory array and any read is read from the front. This BIO | ||
1282 | can be used for read/write at the same time. BIO_gets() is | ||
1283 | supported in the fgets() sense. | ||
1284 | BIO_CTRL_INFO can be used to retrieve pointers to the memory | ||
1285 | buffer and it's length. | ||
1286 | |||
1287 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_file(void); | ||
1288 | - BIO_set_fp(BIO *bio, FILE *fp, int close_flag) - set 'FILE *' to use. | ||
1289 | - BIO_get_fp(BIO *bio, FILE **fp) - get the 'FILE *' in use. | ||
1290 | - BIO_read_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - read from file. | ||
1291 | - BIO_write_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - write to file. | ||
1292 | - BIO_append_filename(BIO *bio, char *name) - append to file. | ||
1293 | This BIO sits over the normal system fread()/fgets() type | ||
1294 | functions. Gets() is supported. This BIO in theory could be | ||
1295 | used for read and write but it is best to think of each BIO | ||
1296 | of this type as either a read or a write BIO, not both. | ||
1297 | |||
1298 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_socket(void); | ||
1299 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_fd(void); | ||
1300 | - BIO_sock_should_retry(int i) - the underlying function | ||
1301 | used to determine if a call should be retried; the | ||
1302 | argument is the '0' or '-1' returned by the previous BIO | ||
1303 | operation. | ||
1304 | - BIO_fd_should_retry(int i) - same as the | ||
1305 | - BIO_sock_should_retry() except that it is different internally. | ||
1306 | - BIO_set_fd(BIO *bio, int fd, int close_flag) - set the | ||
1307 | file descriptor to use | ||
1308 | - BIO_get_fd(BIO *bio, int *fd) - get the file descriptor. | ||
1309 | These two methods are very similar. Gets() is not | ||
1310 | supported, if you want this functionality, put a | ||
1311 | BIO_f_buffer() onto it. This BIO is bi-directional if the | ||
1312 | underlying file descriptor is. This is normally the case | ||
1313 | for sockets but not the case for stdio descriptors. | ||
1314 | |||
1315 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_s_null(void); | ||
1316 | Read and write as much data as you like, it all disappears | ||
1317 | into this BIO. | ||
1318 | |||
1319 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_buffer(void); | ||
1320 | - BIO_get_buffer_num_lines(BIO *bio) - return the number of | ||
1321 | complete lines in the buffer. | ||
1322 | - BIO_set_buffer_size(BIO *bio, long size) - set the size of | ||
1323 | the buffers. | ||
1324 | This type performs input and output buffering. It performs | ||
1325 | both at the same time. The size of the buffer can be set | ||
1326 | via the set buffer size option. Data buffered for output is | ||
1327 | only written when the buffer fills. | ||
1328 | |||
1329 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); | ||
1330 | - BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int close_flag) - the SSL | ||
1331 | structure to use. | ||
1332 | - BIO_get_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL **ssl) - get the SSL structure | ||
1333 | in use. | ||
1334 | The SSL bio is a little different from normal BIOs because | ||
1335 | the underlying SSL structure is a little different. A SSL | ||
1336 | structure performs IO via a read and write BIO. These can | ||
1337 | be different and are normally set via the | ||
1338 | SSL_set_rbio()/SSL_set_wbio() calls. The SSL_set_fd() calls | ||
1339 | are just wrappers that create socket BIOs and then call | ||
1340 | SSL_set_bio() where the read and write BIOs are the same. | ||
1341 | The BIO_push() operation makes the SSLs IO BIOs the same, so | ||
1342 | make sure the BIO pushed is capable of two directional | ||
1343 | traffic. If it is not, you will have to install the BIOs | ||
1344 | via the more conventional SSL_set_bio() call. BIO_pop() will retrieve | ||
1345 | the 'SSL read' BIO. | ||
1346 | |||
1347 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_md(void); | ||
1348 | - BIO_set_md(BIO *bio, EVP_MD *md) - set the message digest | ||
1349 | to use. | ||
1350 | - BIO_get_md(BIO *bio, EVP_MD **mdp) - return the digest | ||
1351 | method in use in mdp, return 0 if not set yet. | ||
1352 | - BIO_reset() reinitializes the digest (EVP_DigestInit()) | ||
1353 | and passes the reset to the underlying BIOs. | ||
1354 | All data read or written via BIO_read() or BIO_write() to | ||
1355 | this BIO will be added to the calculated digest. This | ||
1356 | implies that this BIO is only one directional. If read and | ||
1357 | write operations are performed, two separate BIO_f_md() BIOs | ||
1358 | are reuqired to generate digests on both the input and the | ||
1359 | output. BIO_gets(BIO *bio, char *md, int size) will place the | ||
1360 | generated digest into 'md' and return the number of bytes. | ||
1361 | The EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE should probably be used to size the 'md' | ||
1362 | array. Reading the digest will also reset it. | ||
1363 | |||
1364 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_cipher(void); | ||
1365 | - BIO_reset() reinitializes the cipher. | ||
1366 | - BIO_flush() should be called when the last bytes have been | ||
1367 | output to flush the final block of block ciphers. | ||
1368 | - BIO_get_cipher_status(BIO *b), when called after the last | ||
1369 | read from a cipher BIO, returns non-zero if the data | ||
1370 | decrypted correctly, otherwise, 0. | ||
1371 | - BIO_set_cipher(BIO *b, EVP_CIPHER *c, unsigned char *key, | ||
1372 | unsigned char *iv, int encrypt) This function is used to | ||
1373 | setup a cipher BIO. The length of key and iv are | ||
1374 | specified by the choice of EVP_CIPHER. Encrypt is 1 to | ||
1375 | encrypt and 0 to decrypt. | ||
1376 | |||
1377 | BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_base64(void); | ||
1378 | - BIO_flush() should be called when the last bytes have been output. | ||
1379 | This BIO base64 encodes when writing and base64 decodes when | ||
1380 | reading. It will scan the input until a suitable begin line | ||
1381 | is found. After reading data, BIO_reset() will reset the | ||
1382 | BIO to start scanning again. Do not mix reading and writing | ||
1383 | on the same base64 BIO. It is meant as a single stream BIO. | ||
1384 | |||
1385 | Directions type | ||
1386 | both BIO_s_mem() | ||
1387 | one/both BIO_s_file() | ||
1388 | both BIO_s_fd() | ||
1389 | both BIO_s_socket() | ||
1390 | both BIO_s_null() | ||
1391 | both BIO_f_buffer() | ||
1392 | one BIO_f_md() | ||
1393 | one BIO_f_cipher() | ||
1394 | one BIO_f_base64() | ||
1395 | both BIO_f_ssl() | ||
1396 | |||
1397 | It is easy to mix one and two directional BIOs, all one has | ||
1398 | to do is to keep two separate BIO pointers for reading and | ||
1399 | writing and be careful about usage of underlying BIOs. The | ||
1400 | SSL bio by it's very nature has to be two directional but | ||
1401 | the BIO_push() command will push the one BIO into the SSL | ||
1402 | BIO for both reading and writing. | ||
1403 | |||
1404 | The best example program to look at is apps/enc.c and/or perhaps apps/dgst.c. | ||
1405 | |||
1406 | |||
1407 | ==== blowfish.doc ======================================================== | ||
1408 | |||
1409 | The Blowfish library. | ||
1410 | |||
1411 | Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It | ||
1412 | uses variable size key, but 128bit (16 byte) key would normally be considered | ||
1413 | good. It can be used in all the modes that DES can be used. This | ||
1414 | library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64, ofb64 modes. | ||
1415 | |||
1416 | Blowfish is quite a bit faster that DES, and much faster than IDEA or | ||
1417 | RC2. It is one of the faster block ciphers. | ||
1418 | |||
1419 | For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the | ||
1420 | same. | ||
1421 | |||
1422 | This library requires the inclusion of 'blowfish.h'. | ||
1423 | |||
1424 | All of the encryption functions take what is called an BF_KEY as an | ||
1425 | argument. An BF_KEY is an expanded form of the Blowfish key. | ||
1426 | For all modes of the Blowfish algorithm, the BF_KEY used for | ||
1427 | decryption is the same one that was used for encryption. | ||
1428 | |||
1429 | The define BF_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions | ||
1430 | that require an encryption/decryption flag. BF_DECRYPT is passed to | ||
1431 | specify decryption. | ||
1432 | |||
1433 | Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library | ||
1434 | could be used with Blowfish. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and | ||
1435 | ofb64 for the following reasons. | ||
1436 | - ecb is the basic Blowfish encryption. | ||
1437 | - cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers. | ||
1438 | - cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output | ||
1439 | do not need to be a multiple of 8. | ||
1440 | - ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as | ||
1441 | secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode. | ||
1442 | - If you want triple Blowfish, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally | ||
1443 | obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to | ||
1444 | copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to | ||
1445 | BF_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-). | ||
1446 | |||
1447 | The functions are as follows: | ||
1448 | |||
1449 | void BF_set_key( | ||
1450 | BF_KEY *ks; | ||
1451 | int len; | ||
1452 | unsigned char *key; | ||
1453 | BF_set_key converts an 'len' byte key into a BF_KEY. | ||
1454 | A 'ks' is an expanded form of the 'key' which is used to | ||
1455 | perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the Blowfish key | ||
1456 | so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about | ||
1457 | to occur. Don't save or pass around BF_KEY's since they | ||
1458 | are CPU architecture dependent, 'key's are not. Blowfish is an | ||
1459 | interesting cipher in that it can be used with a variable length | ||
1460 | key. 'len' is the length of 'key' to be used as the key. | ||
1461 | A 'len' of 16 is recomended by me, but blowfish can use upto | ||
1462 | 72 bytes. As a warning, blowfish has a very very slow set_key | ||
1463 | function, it actually runs BF_encrypt 521 times. | ||
1464 | |||
1465 | void BF_encrypt(unsigned long *data, BF_KEY *key); | ||
1466 | void BF_decrypt(unsigned long *data, BF_KEY *key); | ||
1467 | These are the Blowfish encryption function that gets called by just | ||
1468 | about every other Blowfish routine in the library. You should not | ||
1469 | use this function except to implement 'modes' of Blowfish. | ||
1470 | I say this because the | ||
1471 | functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to | ||
1472 | long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory | ||
1473 | access do not occur. | ||
1474 | Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and key is the | ||
1475 | BF_KEY to use. | ||
1476 | |||
1477 | void BF_ecb_encrypt( | ||
1478 | unsigned char *in, | ||
1479 | unsigned char *out, | ||
1480 | BF_KEY *key, | ||
1481 | int encrypt); | ||
1482 | This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of Blowfish (in DES this | ||
1483 | mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term | ||
1484 | for blowfish as well. | ||
1485 | Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by | ||
1486 | key. Depending on the encrypt, encryption or | ||
1487 | decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes. | ||
1488 | |||
1489 | void BF_cbc_encrypt( | ||
1490 | unsigned char *in, | ||
1491 | unsigned char *out, | ||
1492 | long length, | ||
1493 | BF_KEY *ks, | ||
1494 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
1495 | int encrypt); | ||
1496 | This routine implements Blowfish in Cipher Block Chaining mode. | ||
1497 | Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted | ||
1498 | (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes. | ||
1499 | The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above, | ||
1500 | should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad | ||
1501 | things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector. | ||
1502 | This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to | ||
1503 | the next call to BF_cbc_encrypt(). | ||
1504 | |||
1505 | void BF_cfb64_encrypt( | ||
1506 | unsigned char *in, | ||
1507 | unsigned char *out, | ||
1508 | long length, | ||
1509 | BF_KEY *schedule, | ||
1510 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
1511 | int *num, | ||
1512 | int encrypt); | ||
1513 | This is one of the more useful functions in this Blowfish library, it | ||
1514 | implements CFB mode of Blowfish with 64bit feedback. | ||
1515 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
1516 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
1517 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
1518 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
1519 | 'Encrypt' is used to indicate encryption or decryption. | ||
1520 | CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to generate a stream | ||
1521 | of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text. | ||
1522 | The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to | ||
1523 | be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain | ||
1524 | text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt, | ||
1525 | the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next | ||
1526 | block of data is gathered for encryption is different for | ||
1527 | encryption and decryption. | ||
1528 | |||
1529 | void BF_ofb64_encrypt( | ||
1530 | unsigned char *in, | ||
1531 | unsigned char *out, | ||
1532 | long length, | ||
1533 | BF_KEY *schedule, | ||
1534 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
1535 | int *num); | ||
1536 | This functions implements OFB mode of Blowfish with 64bit feedback. | ||
1537 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
1538 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
1539 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
1540 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
1541 | This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or | ||
1542 | decryption mode. | ||
1543 | |||
1544 | For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library. | ||
1545 | To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to | ||
1546 | produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to | ||
1547 | BF_set_key(). | ||
1548 | |||
1549 | ===== | ||
1550 | For more information about the specific Blowfish modes in this library | ||
1551 | (ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the | ||
1552 | documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly | ||
1553 | applicable for Blowfish. | ||
1554 | |||
1555 | |||
1556 | ==== bn.doc ======================================================== | ||
1557 | |||
1558 | The Big Number library. | ||
1559 | |||
1560 | #include "bn.h" when using this library. | ||
1561 | |||
1562 | This big number library was written for use in implementing the RSA and DH | ||
1563 | public key encryption algorithms. As such, features such as negative | ||
1564 | numbers have not been extensively tested but they should work as expected. | ||
1565 | This library uses dynamic memory allocation for storing its data structures | ||
1566 | and so there are no limit on the size of the numbers manipulated by these | ||
1567 | routines but there is always the requirement to check return codes from | ||
1568 | functions just in case a memory allocation error has occurred. | ||
1569 | |||
1570 | The basic object in this library is a BIGNUM. It is used to hold a single | ||
1571 | large integer. This type should be considered opaque and fields should not | ||
1572 | be modified or accessed directly. | ||
1573 | typedef struct bignum_st | ||
1574 | { | ||
1575 | int top; /* Index of last used d. */ | ||
1576 | BN_ULONG *d; /* Pointer to an array of 'BITS2' bit chunks. */ | ||
1577 | int max; /* Size of the d array. */ | ||
1578 | int neg; | ||
1579 | } BIGNUM; | ||
1580 | The big number is stored in a malloced array of BN_ULONG's. A BN_ULONG can | ||
1581 | be either 16, 32 or 64 bits in size, depending on the 'number of bits' | ||
1582 | specified in bn.h. | ||
1583 | The 'd' field is this array. 'max' is the size of the 'd' array that has | ||
1584 | been allocated. 'top' is the 'last' entry being used, so for a value of 4, | ||
1585 | bn.d[0]=4 and bn.top=1. 'neg' is 1 if the number is negative. | ||
1586 | When a BIGNUM is '0', the 'd' field can be NULL and top == 0. | ||
1587 | |||
1588 | Various routines in this library require the use of 'temporary' BIGNUM | ||
1589 | variables during their execution. Due to the use of dynamic memory | ||
1590 | allocation to create BIGNUMs being rather expensive when used in | ||
1591 | conjunction with repeated subroutine calls, the BN_CTX structure is | ||
1592 | used. This structure contains BN_CTX BIGNUMs. BN_CTX | ||
1593 | is the maximum number of temporary BIGNUMs any publicly exported | ||
1594 | function will use. | ||
1595 | |||
1596 | #define BN_CTX 12 | ||
1597 | typedef struct bignum_ctx | ||
1598 | { | ||
1599 | int tos; /* top of stack */ | ||
1600 | BIGNUM *bn[BN_CTX]; /* The variables */ | ||
1601 | } BN_CTX; | ||
1602 | |||
1603 | The functions that follow have been grouped according to function. Most | ||
1604 | arithmetic functions return a result in the first argument, sometimes this | ||
1605 | first argument can also be an input parameter, sometimes it cannot. These | ||
1606 | restrictions are documented. | ||
1607 | |||
1608 | extern BIGNUM *BN_value_one; | ||
1609 | There is one variable defined by this library, a BIGNUM which contains the | ||
1610 | number 1. This variable is useful for use in comparisons and assignment. | ||
1611 | |||
1612 | Get Size functions. | ||
1613 | |||
1614 | int BN_num_bits(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1615 | This function returns the size of 'a' in bits. | ||
1616 | |||
1617 | int BN_num_bytes(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1618 | This function (macro) returns the size of 'a' in bytes. | ||
1619 | For conversion of BIGNUMs to byte streams, this is the number of | ||
1620 | bytes the output string will occupy. If the output byte | ||
1621 | format specifies that the 'top' bit indicates if the number is | ||
1622 | signed, so an extra '0' byte is required if the top bit on a | ||
1623 | positive number is being written, it is upto the application to | ||
1624 | make this adjustment. Like I said at the start, I don't | ||
1625 | really support negative numbers :-). | ||
1626 | |||
1627 | Creation/Destruction routines. | ||
1628 | |||
1629 | BIGNUM *BN_new(); | ||
1630 | Return a new BIGNUM object. The number initially has a value of 0. If | ||
1631 | there is an error, NULL is returned. | ||
1632 | |||
1633 | void BN_free(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1634 | Free()s a BIGNUM. | ||
1635 | |||
1636 | void BN_clear(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1637 | Sets 'a' to a value of 0 and also zeros all unused allocated | ||
1638 | memory. This function is used to clear a variable of 'sensitive' | ||
1639 | data that was held in it. | ||
1640 | |||
1641 | void BN_clear_free(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1642 | This function zeros the memory used by 'a' and then free()'s it. | ||
1643 | This function should be used to BN_free() BIGNUMS that have held | ||
1644 | sensitive numeric values like RSA private key values. Both this | ||
1645 | function and BN_clear tend to only be used by RSA and DH routines. | ||
1646 | |||
1647 | BN_CTX *BN_CTX_new(void); | ||
1648 | Returns a new BN_CTX. NULL on error. | ||
1649 | |||
1650 | void BN_CTX_free(BN_CTX *c); | ||
1651 | Free a BN_CTX structure. The BIGNUMs in 'c' are BN_clear_free()ed. | ||
1652 | |||
1653 | BIGNUM *bn_expand(BIGNUM *b, int bits); | ||
1654 | This is an internal function that should not normally be used. It | ||
1655 | ensures that 'b' has enough room for a 'bits' bit number. It is | ||
1656 | mostly used by the various BIGNUM routines. If there is an error, | ||
1657 | NULL is returned. if not, 'b' is returned. | ||
1658 | |||
1659 | BIGNUM *BN_copy(BIGNUM *to, BIGNUM *from); | ||
1660 | The 'from' is copied into 'to'. NULL is returned if there is an | ||
1661 | error, otherwise 'to' is returned. | ||
1662 | |||
1663 | BIGNUM *BN_dup(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1664 | A new BIGNUM is created and returned containing the value of 'a'. | ||
1665 | NULL is returned on error. | ||
1666 | |||
1667 | Comparison and Test Functions. | ||
1668 | |||
1669 | int BN_is_zero(BIGNUM *a) | ||
1670 | Return 1 if 'a' is zero, else 0. | ||
1671 | |||
1672 | int BN_is_one(a) | ||
1673 | Return 1 is 'a' is one, else 0. | ||
1674 | |||
1675 | int BN_is_word(a,w) | ||
1676 | Return 1 if 'a' == w, else 0. 'w' is a BN_ULONG. | ||
1677 | |||
1678 | int BN_cmp(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); | ||
1679 | Return -1 if 'a' is less than 'b', 0 if 'a' and 'b' are the same | ||
1680 | and 1 is 'a' is greater than 'b'. This is a signed comparison. | ||
1681 | |||
1682 | int BN_ucmp(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); | ||
1683 | This function is the same as BN_cmp except that the comparison | ||
1684 | ignores the sign of the numbers. | ||
1685 | |||
1686 | Arithmetic Functions | ||
1687 | For all of these functions, 0 is returned if there is an error and 1 is | ||
1688 | returned for success. The return value should always be checked. eg. | ||
1689 | if (!BN_add(r,a,b)) goto err; | ||
1690 | Unless explicitly mentioned, the 'return' value can be one of the | ||
1691 | 'parameters' to the function. | ||
1692 | |||
1693 | int BN_add(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); | ||
1694 | Add 'a' and 'b' and return the result in 'r'. This is r=a+b. | ||
1695 | |||
1696 | int BN_sub(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); | ||
1697 | Subtract 'a' from 'b' and put the result in 'r'. This is r=a-b. | ||
1698 | |||
1699 | int BN_lshift(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1700 | Shift 'a' left by 'n' bits. This is r=a*(2^n). | ||
1701 | |||
1702 | int BN_lshift1(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a); | ||
1703 | Shift 'a' left by 1 bit. This form is more efficient than | ||
1704 | BN_lshift(r,a,1). This is r=a*2. | ||
1705 | |||
1706 | int BN_rshift(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1707 | Shift 'a' right by 'n' bits. This is r=int(a/(2^n)). | ||
1708 | |||
1709 | int BN_rshift1(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a); | ||
1710 | Shift 'a' right by 1 bit. This form is more efficient than | ||
1711 | BN_rshift(r,a,1). This is r=int(a/2). | ||
1712 | |||
1713 | int BN_mul(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b); | ||
1714 | Multiply a by b and return the result in 'r'. 'r' must not be | ||
1715 | either 'a' or 'b'. It has to be a different BIGNUM. | ||
1716 | This is r=a*b. | ||
1717 | |||
1718 | int BN_sqr(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1719 | Multiply a by a and return the result in 'r'. 'r' must not be | ||
1720 | 'a'. This function is alot faster than BN_mul(r,a,a). This is r=a*a. | ||
1721 | |||
1722 | int BN_div(BIGNUM *dv, BIGNUM *rem, BIGNUM *m, BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1723 | Divide 'm' by 'd' and return the result in 'dv' and the remainder | ||
1724 | in 'rem'. Either of 'dv' or 'rem' can be NULL in which case that | ||
1725 | value is not returned. 'ctx' needs to be passed as a source of | ||
1726 | temporary BIGNUM variables. | ||
1727 | This is dv=int(m/d), rem=m%d. | ||
1728 | |||
1729 | int BN_mod(BIGNUM *rem, BIGNUM *m, BIGNUM *d, BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1730 | Find the remainder of 'm' divided by 'd' and return it in 'rem'. | ||
1731 | 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function. | ||
1732 | This function is more efficient than BN_div(NULL,rem,m,d,ctx); | ||
1733 | This is rem=m%d. | ||
1734 | |||
1735 | int BN_mod_mul(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *b, BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1736 | Multiply 'a' by 'b' and return the remainder when divided by 'm'. | ||
1737 | 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function. | ||
1738 | This is r=(a*b)%m. | ||
1739 | |||
1740 | int BN_mod_exp(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *p, BIGNUM *m,BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1741 | Raise 'a' to the 'p' power and return the remainder when divided by | ||
1742 | 'm'. 'ctx' holds the temporary BIGNUMs required by this function. | ||
1743 | This is r=(a^p)%m. | ||
1744 | |||
1745 | int BN_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *m, BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1746 | Return the reciprocal of 'm'. 'ctx' holds the temporary variables | ||
1747 | required. This function returns -1 on error, otherwise it returns | ||
1748 | the number of bits 'r' is shifted left to make 'r' into an integer. | ||
1749 | This number of bits shifted is required in BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(). | ||
1750 | This is r=(1/m)<<(BN_num_bits(m)+1). | ||
1751 | |||
1752 | int BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(BIGNUM *r, BIGNUM *x, BIGNUM *y, BIGNUM *m, | ||
1753 | BIGNUM *i, int nb, BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1754 | This function is used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul() | ||
1755 | operation. If one is going to repeatedly perform BN_mod_mul() with | ||
1756 | the same modulus is worth calculating the reciprocal of the modulus | ||
1757 | and then using this function. This operation uses the fact that | ||
1758 | a/b == a*r where r is the reciprocal of b. On modern computers | ||
1759 | multiplication is very fast and big number division is very slow. | ||
1760 | 'x' is multiplied by 'y' and then divided by 'm' and the remainder | ||
1761 | is returned. 'i' is the reciprocal of 'm' and 'nb' is the number | ||
1762 | of bits as returned from BN_reciprocal(). Normal usage is as follows. | ||
1763 | bn=BN_reciprocal(i,m); | ||
1764 | for (...) | ||
1765 | { BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(r,x,y,m,i,bn,ctx); } | ||
1766 | This is r=(x*y)%m. Internally it is approximately | ||
1767 | r=(x*y)-m*(x*y/m) or r=(x*y)-m*((x*y*i) >> bn) | ||
1768 | This function is used in BN_mod_exp() and BN_is_prime(). | ||
1769 | |||
1770 | Assignment Operations | ||
1771 | |||
1772 | int BN_one(BIGNUM *a) | ||
1773 | Set 'a' to hold the value one. | ||
1774 | This is a=1. | ||
1775 | |||
1776 | int BN_zero(BIGNUM *a) | ||
1777 | Set 'a' to hold the value zero. | ||
1778 | This is a=0. | ||
1779 | |||
1780 | int BN_set_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w); | ||
1781 | Set 'a' to hold the value of 'w'. 'w' is an unsigned long. | ||
1782 | This is a=w. | ||
1783 | |||
1784 | unsigned long BN_get_word(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1785 | Returns 'a' in an unsigned long. Not remarkably, often 'a' will | ||
1786 | be biger than a word, in which case 0xffffffffL is returned. | ||
1787 | |||
1788 | Word Operations | ||
1789 | These functions are much more efficient that the normal bignum arithmetic | ||
1790 | operations. | ||
1791 | |||
1792 | BN_ULONG BN_mod_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w); | ||
1793 | Return the remainder of 'a' divided by 'w'. | ||
1794 | This is return(a%w). | ||
1795 | |||
1796 | int BN_add_word(BIGNUM *a, unsigned long w); | ||
1797 | Add 'w' to 'a'. This function does not take the sign of 'a' into | ||
1798 | account. This is a+=w; | ||
1799 | |||
1800 | Bit operations. | ||
1801 | |||
1802 | int BN_is_bit_set(BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1803 | This function return 1 if bit 'n' is set in 'a' else 0. | ||
1804 | |||
1805 | int BN_set_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1806 | This function sets bit 'n' to 1 in 'a'. | ||
1807 | This is a&= ~(1<<n); | ||
1808 | |||
1809 | int BN_clear_bit(BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1810 | This function sets bit 'n' to zero in 'a'. Return 0 if less | ||
1811 | than 'n' bits in 'a' else 1. This is a&= ~(1<<n); | ||
1812 | |||
1813 | int BN_mask_bits(BIGNUM *a, int n); | ||
1814 | Truncate 'a' to n bits long. This is a&= ~((~0)<<n) | ||
1815 | |||
1816 | Format conversion routines. | ||
1817 | |||
1818 | BIGNUM *BN_bin2bn(unsigned char *s, int len,BIGNUM *ret); | ||
1819 | This function converts 'len' bytes in 's' into a BIGNUM which | ||
1820 | is put in 'ret'. If ret is NULL, a new BIGNUM is created. | ||
1821 | Either this new BIGNUM or ret is returned. The number is | ||
1822 | assumed to be in bigendian form in 's'. By this I mean that | ||
1823 | to 'ret' is created as follows for 'len' == 5. | ||
1824 | ret = s[0]*2^32 + s[1]*2^24 + s[2]*2^16 + s[3]*2^8 + s[4]; | ||
1825 | This function cannot be used to convert negative numbers. It | ||
1826 | is always assumed the number is positive. The application | ||
1827 | needs to diddle the 'neg' field of th BIGNUM its self. | ||
1828 | The better solution would be to save the numbers in ASN.1 format | ||
1829 | since this is a defined standard for storing big numbers. | ||
1830 | Look at the functions | ||
1831 | |||
1832 | ASN1_INTEGER *BN_to_ASN1_INTEGER(BIGNUM *bn, ASN1_INTEGER *ai); | ||
1833 | BIGNUM *ASN1_INTEGER_to_BN(ASN1_INTEGER *ai,BIGNUM *bn); | ||
1834 | int i2d_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER *a,unsigned char **pp); | ||
1835 | ASN1_INTEGER *d2i_ASN1_INTEGER(ASN1_INTEGER **a,unsigned char **pp, | ||
1836 | long length; | ||
1837 | |||
1838 | int BN_bn2bin(BIGNUM *a, unsigned char *to); | ||
1839 | This function converts 'a' to a byte string which is put into | ||
1840 | 'to'. The representation is big-endian in that the most | ||
1841 | significant byte of 'a' is put into to[0]. This function | ||
1842 | returns the number of bytes used to hold 'a'. BN_num_bytes(a) | ||
1843 | would return the same value and can be used to determine how | ||
1844 | large 'to' needs to be. If the number is negative, this | ||
1845 | information is lost. Since this library was written to | ||
1846 | manipulate large positive integers, the inability to save and | ||
1847 | restore them is not considered to be a problem by me :-). | ||
1848 | As for BN_bin2bn(), look at the ASN.1 integer encoding funtions | ||
1849 | for SSLeay. They use BN_bin2bn() and BN_bn2bin() internally. | ||
1850 | |||
1851 | char *BN_bn2ascii(BIGNUM *a); | ||
1852 | This function returns a malloc()ed string that contains the | ||
1853 | ascii hexadecimal encoding of 'a'. The number is in bigendian | ||
1854 | format with a '-' in front if the number is negative. | ||
1855 | |||
1856 | int BN_ascii2bn(BIGNUM **bn, char *a); | ||
1857 | The inverse of BN_bn2ascii. The function returns the number of | ||
1858 | characters from 'a' were processed in generating a the bignum. | ||
1859 | error is inticated by 0 being returned. The number is a | ||
1860 | hex digit string, optionally with a leading '-'. If *bn | ||
1861 | is null, a BIGNUM is created and returned via that variable. | ||
1862 | |||
1863 | int BN_print_fp(FILE *fp, BIGNUM *a); | ||
1864 | 'a' is printed to file pointer 'fp'. It is in the same format | ||
1865 | that is output from BN_bn2ascii(). 0 is returned on error, | ||
1866 | 1 if things are ok. | ||
1867 | |||
1868 | int BN_print(BIO *bp, BIGNUM *a); | ||
1869 | Same as BN_print except that the output is done to the SSLeay libraries | ||
1870 | BIO routines. BN_print_fp() actually calls this function. | ||
1871 | |||
1872 | Miscellaneous Routines. | ||
1873 | |||
1874 | int BN_rand(BIGNUM *rnd, int bits, int top, int bottom); | ||
1875 | This function returns in 'rnd' a random BIGNUM that is bits | ||
1876 | long. If bottom is 1, the number returned is odd. If top is set, | ||
1877 | the top 2 bits of the number are set. This is useful because if | ||
1878 | this is set, 2 'n; bit numbers multiplied together will return a 2n | ||
1879 | bit number. If top was not set, they could produce a 2n-1 bit | ||
1880 | number. | ||
1881 | |||
1882 | BIGNUM *BN_mod_inverse(BIGNUM *a, BIGNUM *n,BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1883 | This function create a new BIGNUM and returns it. This number | ||
1884 | is the inverse mod 'n' of 'a'. By this it is meant that the | ||
1885 | returned value 'r' satisfies (a*r)%n == 1. This function is | ||
1886 | used in the generation of RSA keys. 'ctx', as per usual, | ||
1887 | is used to hold temporary variables that are required by the | ||
1888 | function. NULL is returned on error. | ||
1889 | |||
1890 | int BN_gcd(BIGNUM *r,BIGNUM *a,BIGNUM *b,BN_CTX *ctx); | ||
1891 | 'r' has the greatest common divisor of 'a' and 'b'. 'ctx' is | ||
1892 | used for temporary variables and 0 is returned on error. | ||
1893 | |||
1894 | int BN_is_prime(BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,void (*callback)(),BN_CTX *ctx, | ||
1895 | char *cb_arg); | ||
1896 | This function is used to check if a BIGNUM ('p') is prime. | ||
1897 | It performs this test by using the Miller-Rabin randomised | ||
1898 | primality test. This is a probalistic test that requires a | ||
1899 | number of rounds to ensure the number is prime to a high | ||
1900 | degree of probability. Since this can take quite some time, a | ||
1901 | callback function can be passed and it will be called each | ||
1902 | time 'p' passes a round of the prime testing. 'callback' will | ||
1903 | be called as follows, callback(1,n,cb_arg) where n is the number of | ||
1904 | the round, just passed. As per usual 'ctx' contains temporary | ||
1905 | variables used. If ctx is NULL, it does not matter, a local version | ||
1906 | will be malloced. This parameter is present to save some mallocing | ||
1907 | inside the function but probably could be removed. | ||
1908 | 0 is returned on error. | ||
1909 | 'ncheck' is the number of Miller-Rabin tests to run. It is | ||
1910 | suggested to use the value 'BN_prime_checks' by default. | ||
1911 | |||
1912 | BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime( | ||
1913 | int bits, | ||
1914 | int strong, | ||
1915 | BIGNUM *a, | ||
1916 | BIGNUM *rems, | ||
1917 | void (*callback)()); | ||
1918 | char *cb_arg | ||
1919 | This function is used to generate prime numbers. It returns a | ||
1920 | new BIGNUM that has a high probability of being a prime. | ||
1921 | 'bits' is the number of bits that | ||
1922 | are to be in the prime. If 'strong' is true, the returned prime | ||
1923 | will also be a strong prime ((p-1)/2 is also prime). | ||
1924 | While searching for the prime ('p'), we | ||
1925 | can add the requirement that the prime fill the following | ||
1926 | condition p%a == rem. This can be used to help search for | ||
1927 | primes with specific features, which is required when looking | ||
1928 | for primes suitable for use with certain 'g' values in the | ||
1929 | Diffie-Hellman key exchange algorithm. If 'a' is NULL, | ||
1930 | this condition is not checked. If rem is NULL, rem is assumed | ||
1931 | to be 1. Since this search for a prime | ||
1932 | can take quite some time, if callback is not NULL, it is called | ||
1933 | in the following situations. | ||
1934 | We have a suspected prime (from a quick sieve), | ||
1935 | callback(0,sus_prime++,cb_arg). Each item to be passed to BN_is_prime(). | ||
1936 | callback(1,round++,cb_arg). Each successful 'round' in BN_is_prime(). | ||
1937 | callback(2,round,cb_arg). For each successful BN_is_prime() test. | ||
1938 | |||
1939 | Hints | ||
1940 | ----- | ||
1941 | |||
1942 | DSA wants 64*32 to use word mont mul, but RSA wants to use full. | ||
1943 | |||
1944 | ==== callback.doc ======================================================== | ||
1945 | |||
1946 | Callback functions used in SSLeay. | ||
1947 | |||
1948 | -------------------------- | ||
1949 | The BIO library. | ||
1950 | |||
1951 | Each BIO structure can have a callback defined against it. This callback is | ||
1952 | called 2 times for each BIO 'function'. It is passed 6 parameters. | ||
1953 | BIO_debug_callback() is an example callback which is defined in | ||
1954 | crypto/buffer/bio_cb.c and is used in apps/dgst.c This is intended mostly | ||
1955 | for debuging or to notify the application of IO. | ||
1956 | |||
1957 | long BIO_debug_callback(BIO *bio,int cmd,char *argp,int argi,long argl, | ||
1958 | long ret); | ||
1959 | bio is the BIO being called, cmd is the type of BIO function being called. | ||
1960 | Look at the BIO_CB_* defines in buffer.h. Argp and argi are the arguments | ||
1961 | passed to BIO_read(), BIO_write, BIO_gets(), BIO_puts(). In the case of | ||
1962 | BIO_ctrl(), argl is also defined. The first time the callback is called, | ||
1963 | before the underlying function has been executed, 0 is passed as 'ret', and | ||
1964 | if the return code from the callback is not > 0, the call is aborted | ||
1965 | and the returned <= 0 value is returned. | ||
1966 | The second time the callback is called, the 'cmd' value also has | ||
1967 | BIO_CB_RETURN logically 'or'ed with it. The 'ret' value is the value returned | ||
1968 | from the actuall function call and whatever the callback returns is returned | ||
1969 | from the BIO function. | ||
1970 | |||
1971 | BIO_set_callback(b,cb) can be used to set the callback function | ||
1972 | (b is a BIO), and BIO_set_callback_arg(b,arg) can be used to | ||
1973 | set the cb_arg argument in the BIO strucutre. This field is only intended | ||
1974 | to be used by application, primarily in the callback function since it is | ||
1975 | accessable since the BIO is passed. | ||
1976 | |||
1977 | -------------------------- | ||
1978 | The PEM library. | ||
1979 | |||
1980 | The pem library only really uses one type of callback, | ||
1981 | static int def_callback(char *buf, int num, int verify); | ||
1982 | which is used to return a password string if required. | ||
1983 | 'buf' is the buffer to put the string in. 'num' is the size of 'buf' | ||
1984 | and 'verify' is used to indicate that the password should be checked. | ||
1985 | This last flag is mostly used when reading a password for encryption. | ||
1986 | |||
1987 | For all of these functions, a NULL callback will call the above mentioned | ||
1988 | default callback. This default function does not work under Windows 3.1. | ||
1989 | For other machines, it will use an application defined prompt string | ||
1990 | (EVP_set_pw_prompt(), which defines a library wide prompt string) | ||
1991 | if defined, otherwise it will use it's own PEM password prompt. | ||
1992 | It will then call EVP_read_pw_string() to get a password from the console. | ||
1993 | If your application wishes to use nice fancy windows to retrieve passwords, | ||
1994 | replace this function. The callback should return the number of bytes read | ||
1995 | into 'buf'. If the number of bytes <= 0, it is considered an error. | ||
1996 | |||
1997 | Functions that take this callback are listed below. For the 'read' type | ||
1998 | functions, the callback will only be required if the PEM data is encrypted. | ||
1999 | |||
2000 | For the Write functions, normally a password can be passed in 'kstr', of | ||
2001 | 'klen' bytes which will be used if the 'enc' cipher is not NULL. If | ||
2002 | 'kstr' is NULL, the callback will be used to retrieve a password. | ||
2003 | |||
2004 | int PEM_do_header (EVP_CIPHER_INFO *cipher, unsigned char *data,long *len, | ||
2005 | int (*callback)()); | ||
2006 | char *PEM_ASN1_read_bio(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,BIO *bp,char **x,int (*cb)()); | ||
2007 | char *PEM_ASN1_read(char *(*d2i)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char **x,int (*cb)()); | ||
2008 | int PEM_ASN1_write_bio(int (*i2d)(),char *name,BIO *bp,char *x, | ||
2009 | EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)()); | ||
2010 | int PEM_ASN1_write(int (*i2d)(),char *name,FILE *fp,char *x, | ||
2011 | EVP_CIPHER *enc,unsigned char *kstr,int klen,int (*callback)()); | ||
2012 | STACK *PEM_X509_INFO_read(FILE *fp, STACK *sk, int (*cb)()); | ||
2013 | STACK *PEM_X509_INFO_read_bio(BIO *fp, STACK *sk, int (*cb)()); | ||
2014 | |||
2015 | #define PEM_write_RSAPrivateKey(fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb) | ||
2016 | #define PEM_write_DSAPrivateKey(fp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb) | ||
2017 | #define PEM_write_bio_RSAPrivateKey(bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb) | ||
2018 | #define PEM_write_bio_DSAPrivateKey(bp,x,enc,kstr,klen,cb) | ||
2019 | #define PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(fp,x,cb) | ||
2020 | #define PEM_read_X509(fp,x,cb) | ||
2021 | #define PEM_read_X509_REQ(fp,x,cb) | ||
2022 | #define PEM_read_X509_CRL(fp,x,cb) | ||
2023 | #define PEM_read_RSAPrivateKey(fp,x,cb) | ||
2024 | #define PEM_read_DSAPrivateKey(fp,x,cb) | ||
2025 | #define PEM_read_PrivateKey(fp,x,cb) | ||
2026 | #define PEM_read_PKCS7(fp,x,cb) | ||
2027 | #define PEM_read_DHparams(fp,x,cb) | ||
2028 | #define PEM_read_bio_SSL_SESSION(bp,x,cb) | ||
2029 | #define PEM_read_bio_X509(bp,x,cb) | ||
2030 | #define PEM_read_bio_X509_REQ(bp,x,cb) | ||
2031 | #define PEM_read_bio_X509_CRL(bp,x,cb) | ||
2032 | #define PEM_read_bio_RSAPrivateKey(bp,x,cb) | ||
2033 | #define PEM_read_bio_DSAPrivateKey(bp,x,cb) | ||
2034 | #define PEM_read_bio_PrivateKey(bp,x,cb) | ||
2035 | #define PEM_read_bio_PKCS7(bp,x,cb) | ||
2036 | #define PEM_read_bio_DHparams(bp,x,cb) | ||
2037 | int i2d_Netscape_RSA(RSA *a, unsigned char **pp, int (*cb)()); | ||
2038 | RSA *d2i_Netscape_RSA(RSA **a, unsigned char **pp, long length, int (*cb)()); | ||
2039 | |||
2040 | Now you will notice that macros like | ||
2041 | #define PEM_write_X509(fp,x) \ | ||
2042 | PEM_ASN1_write((int (*)())i2d_X509,PEM_STRING_X509,fp, \ | ||
2043 | (char *)x, NULL,NULL,0,NULL) | ||
2044 | Don't do encryption normally. If you want to PEM encrypt your X509 structure, | ||
2045 | either just call PEM_ASN1_write directly or just define you own | ||
2046 | macro variant. As you can see, this macro just sets all encryption related | ||
2047 | parameters to NULL. | ||
2048 | |||
2049 | |||
2050 | -------------------------- | ||
2051 | The SSL library. | ||
2052 | |||
2053 | #define SSL_set_info_callback(ssl,cb) | ||
2054 | #define SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(ctx,cb) | ||
2055 | void callback(SSL *ssl,int location,int ret) | ||
2056 | This callback is called each time around the SSL_connect()/SSL_accept() | ||
2057 | state machine. So it will be called each time the SSL protocol progresses. | ||
2058 | It is mostly present for use when debugging. When SSL_connect() or | ||
2059 | SSL_accept() return, the location flag is SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT or | ||
2060 | SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT and 'ret' is the value about to be returned. | ||
2061 | Have a look at the SSL_CB_* defines in ssl.h. If an info callback is defined | ||
2062 | against the SSL_CTX, it is called unless there is one set against the SSL. | ||
2063 | Have a look at | ||
2064 | void client_info_callback() in apps/s_client() for an example. | ||
2065 | |||
2066 | Certificate verification. | ||
2067 | void SSL_set_verify(SSL *s, int mode, int (*callback) ()); | ||
2068 | void SSL_CTX_set_verify(SSL_CTX *ctx,int mode,int (*callback)()); | ||
2069 | This callback is used to help verify client and server X509 certificates. | ||
2070 | It is actually passed to X509_cert_verify(), along with the SSL structure | ||
2071 | so you have to read about X509_cert_verify() :-). The SSL_CTX version is used | ||
2072 | if the SSL version is not defined. X509_cert_verify() is the function used | ||
2073 | by the SSL part of the library to verify certificates. This function is | ||
2074 | nearly always defined by the application. | ||
2075 | |||
2076 | void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(),char *arg); | ||
2077 | int callback(char *arg,SSL *s,X509 *xs,STACK *cert_chain); | ||
2078 | This call is used to replace the SSLeay certificate verification code. | ||
2079 | The 'arg' is kept in the SSL_CTX and is passed to the callback. | ||
2080 | If the callback returns 0, the certificate is rejected, otherwise it | ||
2081 | is accepted. The callback is replacing the X509_cert_verify() call. | ||
2082 | This feature is not often used, but if you wished to implement | ||
2083 | some totally different certificate authentication system, this 'hook' is | ||
2084 | vital. | ||
2085 | |||
2086 | SSLeay keeps a cache of session-ids against each SSL_CTX. These callbacks can | ||
2087 | be used to notify the application when a SSL_SESSION is added to the cache | ||
2088 | or to retrieve a SSL_SESSION that is not in the cache from the application. | ||
2089 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(ctx,cb) | ||
2090 | SSL_SESSION *callback(SSL *s,char *session_id,int session_id_len,int *copy); | ||
2091 | If defined, this callback is called to return the SESSION_ID for the | ||
2092 | session-id in 'session_id', of 'session_id_len' bytes. 'copy' is set to 1 | ||
2093 | if the server is to 'take a copy' of the SSL_SESSION structure. It is 0 | ||
2094 | if the SSL_SESSION is being 'passed in' so the SSLeay library is now | ||
2095 | responsible for 'free()ing' the structure. Basically it is used to indicate | ||
2096 | if the reference count on the SSL_SESSION structure needs to be incremented. | ||
2097 | |||
2098 | #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(ctx,cb) | ||
2099 | int callback(SSL *s, SSL_SESSION *sess); | ||
2100 | When a new connection is established, if the SSL_SESSION is going to be added | ||
2101 | to the cache, this callback is called. Return 1 if a 'copy' is required, | ||
2102 | otherwise, return 0. This return value just causes the reference count | ||
2103 | to be incremented (on return of a 1), this means the application does | ||
2104 | not need to worry about incrementing the refernece count (and the | ||
2105 | locking that implies in a multi-threaded application). | ||
2106 | |||
2107 | void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,int (*cb)()); | ||
2108 | This sets the SSL password reading function. | ||
2109 | It is mostly used for windowing applications | ||
2110 | and used by PEM_read_bio_X509() and PEM_read_bio_RSAPrivateKey() | ||
2111 | calls inside the SSL library. The only reason this is present is because the | ||
2112 | calls to PEM_* functions is hidden in the SSLeay library so you have to | ||
2113 | pass in the callback some how. | ||
2114 | |||
2115 | #define SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(ctx,cb) | ||
2116 | int callback(SSL *s,X509 **x509, EVP_PKEY **pkey); | ||
2117 | Called when a client certificate is requested but there is not one set | ||
2118 | against the SSL_CTX or the SSL. If the callback returns 1, x509 and | ||
2119 | pkey need to point to valid data. The library will free these when | ||
2120 | required so if the application wants to keep these around, increment | ||
2121 | their reference counts. If 0 is returned, no client cert is | ||
2122 | available. If -1 is returned, it is assumed that the callback needs | ||
2123 | to be called again at a later point in time. SSL_connect will return | ||
2124 | -1 and SSL_want_x509_lookup(ssl) returns true. Remember that | ||
2125 | application data can be attached to an SSL structure via the | ||
2126 | SSL_set_app_data(SSL *ssl,char *data) call. | ||
2127 | |||
2128 | -------------------------- | ||
2129 | The X509 library. | ||
2130 | |||
2131 | int X509_cert_verify(CERTIFICATE_CTX *ctx,X509 *xs, int (*cb)(), | ||
2132 | int *error,char *arg,STACK *cert_chain); | ||
2133 | int verify_callback(int ok,X509 *xs,X509 *xi,int depth,int error,char *arg, | ||
2134 | STACK *cert_chain); | ||
2135 | |||
2136 | X509_cert_verify() is used to authenticate X509 certificates. The 'ctx' holds | ||
2137 | the details of the various caches and files used to locate certificates. | ||
2138 | 'xs' is the certificate to verify and 'cb' is the application callback (more | ||
2139 | detail later). 'error' will be set to the error code and 'arg' is passed | ||
2140 | to the 'cb' callback. Look at the VERIFY_* defines in crypto/x509/x509.h | ||
2141 | |||
2142 | When ever X509_cert_verify() makes a 'negative' decision about a | ||
2143 | certitificate, the callback is called. If everything checks out, the | ||
2144 | callback is called with 'VERIFY_OK' or 'VERIFY_ROOT_OK' (for a self | ||
2145 | signed cert that is not the passed certificate). | ||
2146 | |||
2147 | The callback is passed the X509_cert_verify opinion of the certificate | ||
2148 | in 'ok', the certificate in 'xs', the issuer certificate in 'xi', | ||
2149 | the 'depth' of the certificate in the verification 'chain', the | ||
2150 | VERIFY_* code in 'error' and the argument passed to X509_cert_verify() | ||
2151 | in 'arg'. cert_chain is a list of extra certs to use if they are not | ||
2152 | in the cache. | ||
2153 | |||
2154 | The callback can be used to look at the error reason, and then return 0 | ||
2155 | for an 'error' or '1' for ok. This will override the X509_cert_verify() | ||
2156 | opinion of the certificates validity. Processing will continue depending on | ||
2157 | the return value. If one just wishes to use the callback for informational | ||
2158 | reason, just return the 'ok' parameter. | ||
2159 | |||
2160 | -------------------------- | ||
2161 | The BN and DH library. | ||
2162 | |||
2163 | BIGNUM *BN_generate_prime(int bits,int strong,BIGNUM *add, | ||
2164 | BIGNUM *rem,void (*callback)(int,int)); | ||
2165 | int BN_is_prime(BIGNUM *p,int nchecks,void (*callback)(int,int), | ||
2166 | |||
2167 | Read doc/bn.doc for the description of these 2. | ||
2168 | |||
2169 | DH *DH_generate_parameters(int prime_len,int generator, | ||
2170 | void (*callback)(int,int)); | ||
2171 | Read doc/bn.doc for the description of the callback, since it is just passed | ||
2172 | to BN_generate_prime(), except that it is also called as | ||
2173 | callback(3,0) by this function. | ||
2174 | |||
2175 | -------------------------- | ||
2176 | The CRYPTO library. | ||
2177 | |||
2178 | void CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(void (*func)(int mode,int type,char *file, | ||
2179 | int line)); | ||
2180 | void CRYPTO_set_add_lock_callback(int (*func)(int *num,int mount, | ||
2181 | int type,char *file, int line)); | ||
2182 | void CRYPTO_set_id_callback(unsigned long (*func)(void)); | ||
2183 | |||
2184 | Read threads.doc for info on these ones. | ||
2185 | |||
2186 | |||
2187 | ==== cipher.doc ======================================================== | ||
2188 | |||
2189 | The Cipher subroutines. | ||
2190 | |||
2191 | These routines require "evp.h" to be included. | ||
2192 | |||
2193 | These functions are a higher level interface to the various cipher | ||
2194 | routines found in this library. As such, they allow the same code to be | ||
2195 | used to encrypt and decrypt via different ciphers with only a change | ||
2196 | in an initial parameter. These routines also provide buffering for block | ||
2197 | ciphers. | ||
2198 | |||
2199 | These routines all take a pointer to the following structure to specify | ||
2200 | which cipher to use. If you wish to use a new cipher with these routines, | ||
2201 | you would probably be best off looking an how an existing cipher is | ||
2202 | implemented and copying it. At this point in time, I'm not going to go | ||
2203 | into many details. This structure should be considered opaque | ||
2204 | |||
2205 | typedef struct pem_cipher_st | ||
2206 | { | ||
2207 | int type; | ||
2208 | int block_size; | ||
2209 | int key_len; | ||
2210 | int iv_len; | ||
2211 | void (*enc_init)(); /* init for encryption */ | ||
2212 | void (*dec_init)(); /* init for decryption */ | ||
2213 | void (*do_cipher)(); /* encrypt data */ | ||
2214 | } EVP_CIPHER; | ||
2215 | |||
2216 | The type field is the object NID of the cipher type | ||
2217 | (read the section on Objects for an explanation of what a NID is). | ||
2218 | The cipher block_size is how many bytes need to be passed | ||
2219 | to the cipher at a time. Key_len is the | ||
2220 | length of the key the cipher requires and iv_len is the length of the | ||
2221 | initialisation vector required. enc_init is the function | ||
2222 | called to initialise the ciphers context for encryption and dec_init is the | ||
2223 | function to initialise for decryption (they need to be different, especially | ||
2224 | for the IDEA cipher). | ||
2225 | |||
2226 | One reason for specifying the Cipher via a pointer to a structure | ||
2227 | is that if you only use des-cbc, only the des-cbc routines will | ||
2228 | be included when you link the program. If you passed an integer | ||
2229 | that specified which cipher to use, the routine that mapped that | ||
2230 | integer to a set of cipher functions would cause all the ciphers | ||
2231 | to be link into the code. This setup also allows new ciphers | ||
2232 | to be added by the application (with some restrictions). | ||
2233 | |||
2234 | The thirteen ciphers currently defined in this library are | ||
2235 | |||
2236 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ecb(); /* DES in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key= 8 */ | ||
2237 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede(); /* DES in ecb ede mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2238 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3(); /* DES in ecb ede mode, iv=0, block=8, key=24 */ | ||
2239 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cfb(); /* DES in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key= 8 */ | ||
2240 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cfb(); /* DES in ede cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2241 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cfb();/* DES in ede cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=24 */ | ||
2242 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ofb(); /* DES in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key= 8 */ | ||
2243 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_ofb(); /* DES in ede ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2244 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_ofb();/* DES in ede ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=24 */ | ||
2245 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_cbc(); /* DES in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key= 8 */ | ||
2246 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede_cbc(); /* DES in cbc ede mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2247 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_des_ede3_cbc();/* DES in cbc ede mode, iv=8, block=8, key=24 */ | ||
2248 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_desx_cbc(); /* DES in desx cbc mode,iv=8, block=8, key=24 */ | ||
2249 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc4(); /* RC4, iv=0, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2250 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ecb(); /* IDEA in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2251 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cfb(); /* IDEA in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2252 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_ofb(); /* IDEA in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2253 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_idea_cbc(); /* IDEA in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2254 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ecb(); /* RC2 in ecb mode, iv=0, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2255 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cfb(); /* RC2 in cfb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2256 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_ofb(); /* RC2 in ofb mode, iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2257 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_rc2_cbc(); /* RC2 in cbc mode, iv=8, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2258 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ecb(); /* Blowfish in ecb mode,iv=0, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2259 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cfb(); /* Blowfish in cfb mode,iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2260 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_ofb(); /* Blowfish in ofb mode,iv=8, block=1, key=16 */ | ||
2261 | EVP_CIPHER *EVP_bf_cbc(); /* Blowfish in cbc mode,iv=8, block=8, key=16 */ | ||
2262 | |||
2263 | The meaning of the compound names is as follows. | ||
2264 | des The base cipher is DES. | ||
2265 | idea The base cipher is IDEA | ||
2266 | rc4 The base cipher is RC4-128 | ||
2267 | rc2 The base cipher is RC2-128 | ||
2268 | ecb Electronic Code Book form of the cipher. | ||
2269 | cbc Cipher Block Chaining form of the cipher. | ||
2270 | cfb 64 bit Cipher Feedback form of the cipher. | ||
2271 | ofb 64 bit Output Feedback form of the cipher. | ||
2272 | ede The cipher is used in Encrypt, Decrypt, Encrypt mode. The first | ||
2273 | and last keys are the same. | ||
2274 | ede3 The cipher is used in Encrypt, Decrypt, Encrypt mode. | ||
2275 | |||
2276 | All the Cipher routines take a EVP_CIPHER_CTX pointer as an argument. | ||
2277 | The state of the cipher is kept in this structure. | ||
2278 | |||
2279 | typedef struct EVP_CIPHER_Ctx_st | ||
2280 | { | ||
2281 | EVP_CIPHER *cipher; | ||
2282 | int encrypt; /* encrypt or decrypt */ | ||
2283 | int buf_len; /* number we have left */ | ||
2284 | unsigned char buf[8]; | ||
2285 | union { | ||
2286 | .... /* cipher specific stuff */ | ||
2287 | } c; | ||
2288 | } EVP_CIPHER_CTX; | ||
2289 | |||
2290 | Cipher is a pointer the the EVP_CIPHER for the current context. The encrypt | ||
2291 | flag indicates encryption or decryption. buf_len is the number of bytes | ||
2292 | currently being held in buf. | ||
2293 | The 'c' union holds the cipher specify context. | ||
2294 | |||
2295 | The following functions are to be used. | ||
2296 | |||
2297 | int EVP_read_pw_string( | ||
2298 | char *buf, | ||
2299 | int len, | ||
2300 | char *prompt, | ||
2301 | int verify, | ||
2302 | This function is the same as des_read_pw_string() (des.doc). | ||
2303 | |||
2304 | void EVP_set_pw_prompt(char *prompt); | ||
2305 | This function sets the 'default' prompt to use to use in | ||
2306 | EVP_read_pw_string when the prompt parameter is NULL. If the | ||
2307 | prompt parameter is NULL, this 'default prompt' feature is turned | ||
2308 | off. Be warned, this is a global variable so weird things | ||
2309 | will happen if it is used under Win16 and care must be taken | ||
2310 | with a multi-threaded version of the library. | ||
2311 | |||
2312 | char *EVP_get_pw_prompt(); | ||
2313 | This returns a pointer to the default prompt string. NULL | ||
2314 | if it is not set. | ||
2315 | |||
2316 | int EVP_BytesToKey( | ||
2317 | EVP_CIPHER *type, | ||
2318 | EVP_MD *md, | ||
2319 | unsigned char *salt, | ||
2320 | unsigned char *data, | ||
2321 | int datal, | ||
2322 | int count, | ||
2323 | unsigned char *key, | ||
2324 | unsigned char *iv); | ||
2325 | This function is used to generate a key and an initialisation vector | ||
2326 | for a specified cipher from a key string and a salt. Type | ||
2327 | specifies the cipher the 'key' is being generated for. Md is the | ||
2328 | message digest algorithm to use to generate the key and iv. The salt | ||
2329 | is an optional 8 byte object that is used to help seed the key | ||
2330 | generator. | ||
2331 | If the salt value is NULL, it is just not used. Datal is the | ||
2332 | number of bytes to use from 'data' in the key generation. | ||
2333 | This function returns the key size for the specified cipher, if | ||
2334 | data is NULL, this value is returns and no other | ||
2335 | computation is performed. Count is | ||
2336 | the number of times to loop around the key generator. I would | ||
2337 | suggest leaving it's value as 1. Key and iv are the structures to | ||
2338 | place the returning iv and key in. If they are NULL, no value is | ||
2339 | generated for that particular value. | ||
2340 | The algorithm used is as follows | ||
2341 | |||
2342 | /* M[] is an array of message digests | ||
2343 | * MD() is the message digest function */ | ||
2344 | M[0]=MD(data . salt); | ||
2345 | for (i=1; i<count; i++) M[0]=MD(M[0]); | ||
2346 | |||
2347 | i=1 | ||
2348 | while (data still needed for key and iv) | ||
2349 | { | ||
2350 | M[i]=MD(M[i-1] . data . salt); | ||
2351 | for (i=1; i<count; i++) M[i]=MD(M[i]); | ||
2352 | i++; | ||
2353 | } | ||
2354 | |||
2355 | If the salt is NULL, it is not used. | ||
2356 | The digests are concatenated together. | ||
2357 | M = M[0] . M[1] . M[2] ....... | ||
2358 | |||
2359 | For key= 8, iv=8 => key=M[0.. 8], iv=M[ 9 .. 16]. | ||
2360 | For key=16, iv=0 => key=M[0..16]. | ||
2361 | For key=16, iv=8 => key=M[0..16], iv=M[17 .. 24]. | ||
2362 | For key=24, iv=8 => key=M[0..24], iv=M[25 .. 32]. | ||
2363 | |||
2364 | This routine will produce DES-CBC keys and iv that are compatible | ||
2365 | with the PKCS-5 standard when md2 or md5 are used. If md5 is | ||
2366 | used, the salt is NULL and count is 1, this routine will produce | ||
2367 | the password to key mapping normally used with RC4. | ||
2368 | I have attempted to logically extend the PKCS-5 standard to | ||
2369 | generate keys and iv for ciphers that require more than 16 bytes, | ||
2370 | if anyone knows what the correct standard is, please inform me. | ||
2371 | When using sha or sha1, things are a bit different under this scheme, | ||
2372 | since sha produces a 20 byte digest. So for ciphers requiring | ||
2373 | 24 bits of data, 20 will come from the first MD and 4 will | ||
2374 | come from the second. | ||
2375 | |||
2376 | I have considered having a separate function so this 'routine' | ||
2377 | can be used without the requirement of passing a EVP_CIPHER *, | ||
2378 | but I have decided to not bother. If you wish to use the | ||
2379 | function without official EVP_CIPHER structures, just declare | ||
2380 | a local one and set the key_len and iv_len fields to the | ||
2381 | length you desire. | ||
2382 | |||
2383 | The following routines perform encryption and decryption 'by parts'. By | ||
2384 | this I mean that there are groups of 3 routines. An Init function that is | ||
2385 | used to specify a cipher and initialise data structures. An Update routine | ||
2386 | that does encryption/decryption, one 'chunk' at a time. And finally a | ||
2387 | 'Final' function that finishes the encryption/decryption process. | ||
2388 | All these functions take a EVP_CIPHER pointer to specify which cipher to | ||
2389 | encrypt/decrypt with. They also take a EVP_CIPHER_CTX object as an | ||
2390 | argument. This structure is used to hold the state information associated | ||
2391 | with the operation in progress. | ||
2392 | |||
2393 | void EVP_EncryptInit( | ||
2394 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2395 | EVP_CIPHER *type, | ||
2396 | unsigned char *key, | ||
2397 | unsigned char *iv); | ||
2398 | This function initialise a EVP_CIPHER_CTX for encryption using the | ||
2399 | cipher passed in the 'type' field. The cipher is initialised to use | ||
2400 | 'key' as the key and 'iv' for the initialisation vector (if one is | ||
2401 | required). If the type, key or iv is NULL, the value currently in the | ||
2402 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX is reused. So to perform several decrypt | ||
2403 | using the same cipher, key and iv, initialise with the cipher, | ||
2404 | key and iv the first time and then for subsequent calls, | ||
2405 | reuse 'ctx' but pass NULL for type, key and iv. You must make sure | ||
2406 | to pass a key that is large enough for a particular cipher. I | ||
2407 | would suggest using the EVP_BytesToKey() function. | ||
2408 | |||
2409 | void EVP_EncryptUpdate( | ||
2410 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2411 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2412 | int *outl, | ||
2413 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2414 | int inl); | ||
2415 | This function takes 'inl' bytes from 'in' and outputs bytes | ||
2416 | encrypted by the cipher 'ctx' was initialised with into 'out'. The | ||
2417 | number of bytes written to 'out' is put into outl. If a particular | ||
2418 | cipher encrypts in blocks, less or more bytes than input may be | ||
2419 | output. Currently the largest block size used by supported ciphers | ||
2420 | is 8 bytes, so 'out' should have room for 'inl+7' bytes. Normally | ||
2421 | EVP_EncryptInit() is called once, followed by lots and lots of | ||
2422 | calls to EVP_EncryptUpdate, followed by a single EVP_EncryptFinal | ||
2423 | call. | ||
2424 | |||
2425 | void EVP_EncryptFinal( | ||
2426 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2427 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2428 | int *outl); | ||
2429 | Because quite a large number of ciphers are block ciphers, there is | ||
2430 | often an incomplete block to write out at the end of the | ||
2431 | encryption. EVP_EncryptFinal() performs processing on this last | ||
2432 | block. The last block in encoded in such a way that it is possible | ||
2433 | to determine how many bytes in the last block are valid. For 8 byte | ||
2434 | block size ciphers, if only 5 bytes in the last block are valid, the | ||
2435 | last three bytes will be filled with the value 3. If only 2 were | ||
2436 | valid, the other 6 would be filled with sixes. If all 8 bytes are | ||
2437 | valid, a extra 8 bytes are appended to the cipher stream containing | ||
2438 | nothing but 8 eights. These last bytes are output into 'out' and | ||
2439 | the number of bytes written is put into 'outl' These last bytes | ||
2440 | are output into 'out' and the number of bytes written is put into | ||
2441 | 'outl'. This form of block cipher finalisation is compatible with | ||
2442 | PKCS-5. Please remember that even if you are using ciphers like | ||
2443 | RC4 that has no blocking and so the function will not write | ||
2444 | anything into 'out', it would still be a good idea to pass a | ||
2445 | variable for 'out' that can hold 8 bytes just in case the cipher is | ||
2446 | changed some time in the future. It should also be remembered | ||
2447 | that the EVP_CIPHER_CTX contains the password and so when one has | ||
2448 | finished encryption with a particular EVP_CIPHER_CTX, it is good | ||
2449 | practice to zero the structure | ||
2450 | (ie. memset(ctx,0,sizeof(EVP_CIPHER_CTX)). | ||
2451 | |||
2452 | void EVP_DecryptInit( | ||
2453 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2454 | EVP_CIPHER *type, | ||
2455 | unsigned char *key, | ||
2456 | unsigned char *iv); | ||
2457 | This function is basically the same as EVP_EncryptInit() accept that | ||
2458 | is prepares the EVP_CIPHER_CTX for decryption. | ||
2459 | |||
2460 | void EVP_DecryptUpdate( | ||
2461 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2462 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2463 | int *outl, | ||
2464 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2465 | int inl); | ||
2466 | This function is basically the same as EVP_EncryptUpdate() | ||
2467 | except that it performs decryption. There is one | ||
2468 | fundamental difference though. 'out' can not be the same as | ||
2469 | 'in' for any ciphers with a block size greater than 1 if more | ||
2470 | than one call to EVP_DecryptUpdate() will be made. This | ||
2471 | is because this routine can hold a 'partial' block between | ||
2472 | calls. When a partial block is decrypted (due to more bytes | ||
2473 | being passed via this function, they will be written to 'out' | ||
2474 | overwriting the input bytes in 'in' that have not been read | ||
2475 | yet. From this it should also be noted that 'out' should | ||
2476 | be at least one 'block size' larger than 'inl'. This problem | ||
2477 | only occurs on the second and subsequent call to | ||
2478 | EVP_DecryptUpdate() when using a block cipher. | ||
2479 | |||
2480 | int EVP_DecryptFinal( | ||
2481 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2482 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2483 | int *outl); | ||
2484 | This function is different to EVP_EncryptFinal in that it 'removes' | ||
2485 | any padding bytes appended when the data was encrypted. Due to the | ||
2486 | way in which 1 to 8 bytes may have been appended when encryption | ||
2487 | using a block cipher, 'out' can end up with 0 to 7 bytes being put | ||
2488 | into it. When decoding the padding bytes, it is possible to detect | ||
2489 | an incorrect decryption. If the decryption appears to be wrong, 0 | ||
2490 | is returned. If everything seems ok, 1 is returned. For ciphers | ||
2491 | with a block size of 1 (RC4), this function would normally not | ||
2492 | return any bytes and would always return 1. Just because this | ||
2493 | function returns 1 does not mean the decryption was correct. It | ||
2494 | would normally be wrong due to either the wrong key/iv or | ||
2495 | corruption of the cipher data fed to EVP_DecryptUpdate(). | ||
2496 | As for EVP_EncryptFinal, it is a good idea to zero the | ||
2497 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX after use since the structure contains the key used | ||
2498 | to decrypt the data. | ||
2499 | |||
2500 | The following Cipher routines are convenience routines that call either | ||
2501 | EVP_EncryptXxx or EVP_DecryptXxx depending on weather the EVP_CIPHER_CTX | ||
2502 | was setup to encrypt or decrypt. | ||
2503 | |||
2504 | void EVP_CipherInit( | ||
2505 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2506 | EVP_CIPHER *type, | ||
2507 | unsigned char *key, | ||
2508 | unsigned char *iv, | ||
2509 | int enc); | ||
2510 | This function take arguments that are the same as EVP_EncryptInit() | ||
2511 | and EVP_DecryptInit() except for the extra 'enc' flag. If 1, the | ||
2512 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX is setup for encryption, if 0, decryption. | ||
2513 | |||
2514 | void EVP_CipherUpdate( | ||
2515 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2516 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2517 | int *outl, | ||
2518 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2519 | int inl); | ||
2520 | Again this function calls either EVP_EncryptUpdate() or | ||
2521 | EVP_DecryptUpdate() depending on state in the 'ctx' structure. | ||
2522 | As noted for EVP_DecryptUpdate(), when this routine is used | ||
2523 | for decryption with block ciphers, 'out' should not be the | ||
2524 | same as 'in'. | ||
2525 | |||
2526 | int EVP_CipherFinal( | ||
2527 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, | ||
2528 | unsigned char *outm, | ||
2529 | int *outl); | ||
2530 | This routine call EVP_EncryptFinal() or EVP_DecryptFinal() | ||
2531 | depending on the state information in 'ctx'. 1 is always returned | ||
2532 | if the mode is encryption, otherwise the return value is the return | ||
2533 | value of EVP_DecryptFinal(). | ||
2534 | |||
2535 | ==== cipher.m ======================================================== | ||
2536 | |||
2537 | Date: Tue, 15 Oct 1996 08:16:14 +1000 (EST) | ||
2538 | From: Eric Young <eay@mincom.com> | ||
2539 | X-Sender: eay@orb | ||
2540 | To: Roland Haring <rharing@tandem.cl> | ||
2541 | Cc: ssl-users@mincom.com | ||
2542 | Subject: Re: Symmetric encryption with ssleay | ||
2543 | In-Reply-To: <m0vBpyq-00001aC@tandemnet.tandem.cl> | ||
2544 | Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.961015075623.11394A-100000@orb> | ||
2545 | Mime-Version: 1.0 | ||
2546 | Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII | ||
2547 | Sender: ssl-lists-owner@mincom.com | ||
2548 | Precedence: bulk | ||
2549 | Status: RO | ||
2550 | X-Status: | ||
2551 | |||
2552 | On Fri, 11 Oct 1996, Roland Haring wrote: | ||
2553 | > THE_POINT: | ||
2554 | > Would somebody be so kind to give me the minimum basic | ||
2555 | > calls I need to do to libcrypto.a to get some text encrypted | ||
2556 | > and decrypted again? ...hopefully with code included to do | ||
2557 | > base64 encryption and decryption ... e.g. that sign-it.c code | ||
2558 | > posted some while ago was a big help :-) (please, do not point | ||
2559 | > me to apps/enc.c where I suspect my Heissenbug to be hidden :-) | ||
2560 | |||
2561 | Ok, the base64 encoding stuff in 'enc.c' does the wrong thing sometimes | ||
2562 | when the data is less than a line long (this is for decoding). I'll dig | ||
2563 | up the exact fix today and post it. I am taking longer on 0.6.5 than I | ||
2564 | intended so I'll just post this patch. | ||
2565 | |||
2566 | The documentation to read is in | ||
2567 | doc/cipher.doc, | ||
2568 | doc/encode.doc (very sparse :-). | ||
2569 | and perhaps | ||
2570 | doc/digest.doc, | ||
2571 | |||
2572 | The basic calls to encrypt with say triple DES are | ||
2573 | |||
2574 | Given | ||
2575 | char key[EVP_MAX_KEY_LENGTH]; | ||
2576 | char iv[EVP_MAX_IV_LENGTH]; | ||
2577 | EVP_CIPHER_CTX ctx; | ||
2578 | unsigned char out[512+8]; | ||
2579 | int outl; | ||
2580 | |||
2581 | /* optional generation of key/iv data from text password using md5 | ||
2582 | * via an upward compatable verson of PKCS#5. */ | ||
2583 | EVP_BytesToKey(EVP_des_ede3_cbc,EVP_md5,NULL,passwd,strlen(passwd), | ||
2584 | key,iv); | ||
2585 | |||
2586 | /* Initalise the EVP_CIPHER_CTX */ | ||
2587 | EVP_EncryptInit(ctx,EVP_des_ede3_cbc,key,iv); | ||
2588 | |||
2589 | while (....) | ||
2590 | { | ||
2591 | /* This is processing 512 bytes at a time, the bytes are being | ||
2592 | * copied into 'out', outl bytes are output. 'out' should not be the | ||
2593 | * same as 'in' for reasons mentioned in the documentation. */ | ||
2594 | EVP_EncryptUpdate(ctx,out,&outl,in,512); | ||
2595 | } | ||
2596 | |||
2597 | /* Output the last 'block'. If the cipher is a block cipher, the last | ||
2598 | * block is encoded in such a way so that a wrong decryption will normally be | ||
2599 | * detected - again, one of the PKCS standards. */ | ||
2600 | |||
2601 | EVP_EncryptFinal(ctx,out,&outl); | ||
2602 | |||
2603 | To decrypt, use the EVP_DecryptXXXXX functions except that EVP_DecryptFinal() | ||
2604 | will return 0 if the decryption fails (only detectable on block ciphers). | ||
2605 | |||
2606 | You can also use | ||
2607 | EVP_CipherInit() | ||
2608 | EVP_CipherUpdate() | ||
2609 | EVP_CipherFinal() | ||
2610 | which does either encryption or decryption depending on an extra | ||
2611 | parameter to EVP_CipherInit(). | ||
2612 | |||
2613 | |||
2614 | To do the base64 encoding, | ||
2615 | EVP_EncodeInit() | ||
2616 | EVP_EncodeUpdate() | ||
2617 | EVP_EncodeFinal() | ||
2618 | |||
2619 | EVP_DecodeInit() | ||
2620 | EVP_DecodeUpdate() | ||
2621 | EVP_DecodeFinal() | ||
2622 | |||
2623 | where the encoding is quite simple, but the decoding can be a bit more | ||
2624 | fun (due to dud input). | ||
2625 | |||
2626 | EVP_DecodeUpdate() returns -1 for an error on an input line, 0 if the | ||
2627 | 'last line' was just processed, and 1 if more lines should be submitted. | ||
2628 | |||
2629 | EVP_DecodeFinal() returns -1 for an error or 1 if things are ok. | ||
2630 | |||
2631 | So the loop becomes | ||
2632 | EVP_DecodeInit(....) | ||
2633 | for (;;) | ||
2634 | { | ||
2635 | i=EVP_DecodeUpdate(....); | ||
2636 | if (i < 0) goto err; | ||
2637 | |||
2638 | /* process the data */ | ||
2639 | |||
2640 | if (i == 0) break; | ||
2641 | } | ||
2642 | EVP_DecodeFinal(....); | ||
2643 | /* process the data */ | ||
2644 | |||
2645 | The problem in 'enc.c' is that I was stuff the processing up after the | ||
2646 | EVP_DecodeFinal(...) when the for(..) loop was not being run (one line of | ||
2647 | base64 data) and this was because 'enc.c' tries to scan over a file until | ||
2648 | it hits the first valid base64 encoded line. | ||
2649 | |||
2650 | hope this helps a bit. | ||
2651 | eric | ||
2652 | -- | ||
2653 | Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates. | ||
2654 | AARNet: eay@mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage(). | ||
2655 | |||
2656 | ==== conf.doc ======================================================== | ||
2657 | |||
2658 | The CONF library. | ||
2659 | |||
2660 | The CONF library is a simple set of routines that can be used to configure | ||
2661 | programs. It is a superset of the genenv() function with some extra | ||
2662 | structure. | ||
2663 | |||
2664 | The library consists of 5 functions. | ||
2665 | |||
2666 | LHASH *CONF_load(LHASH *config,char *file); | ||
2667 | This function is called to load in a configuration file. Multiple | ||
2668 | configuration files can be loaded, with each subsequent 'load' overwriting | ||
2669 | any already defined 'variables'. If there is an error, NULL is returned. | ||
2670 | If config is NULL, a new LHASH structure is created and returned, otherwise | ||
2671 | the new data in the 'file' is loaded into the 'config' structure. | ||
2672 | |||
2673 | void CONF_free(LHASH *config); | ||
2674 | This function free()s the data in config. | ||
2675 | |||
2676 | char *CONF_get_string(LHASH *config,char *section,char *name); | ||
2677 | This function returns the string found in 'config' that corresponds to the | ||
2678 | 'section' and 'name' specified. Classes and the naming system used will be | ||
2679 | discussed later in this document. If the variable is not defined, an NULL | ||
2680 | is returned. | ||
2681 | |||
2682 | long CONF_get_long(LHASH *config,char *section, char *name); | ||
2683 | This function is the same as CONF_get_string() except that it converts the | ||
2684 | string to an long and returns it. If variable is not a number or the | ||
2685 | variable does not exist, 0 is returned. This is a little problematic but I | ||
2686 | don't know of a simple way around it. | ||
2687 | |||
2688 | STACK *CONF_get_section(LHASH *config, char *section); | ||
2689 | This function returns a 'stack' of CONF_VALUE items that are all the | ||
2690 | items defined in a particular section. DO NOT free() any of the | ||
2691 | variable returned. They will disappear when CONF_free() is called. | ||
2692 | |||
2693 | The 'lookup' model. | ||
2694 | The configuration file is divided into 'sections'. Each section is started by | ||
2695 | a line of the form '[ section ]'. All subsequent variable definitions are | ||
2696 | of this section. A variable definition is a simple alpha-numeric name | ||
2697 | followed by an '=' and then the data. A section or variable name can be | ||
2698 | described by a regular expression of the following form '[A-Za-z0-9_]+'. | ||
2699 | The value of the variable is the text after the '=' until the end of the | ||
2700 | line, stripped of leading and trailing white space. | ||
2701 | At this point I should mention that a '#' is a comment character, \ is the | ||
2702 | escape character, and all three types of quote can be used to stop any | ||
2703 | special interpretation of the data. | ||
2704 | Now when the data is being loaded, variable expansion can occur. This is | ||
2705 | done by expanding any $NAME sequences into the value represented by the | ||
2706 | variable NAME. If the variable is not in the current section, the different | ||
2707 | section can be specified by using the $SECTION::NAME form. The ${NAME} form | ||
2708 | also works and is very useful for expanding variables inside strings. | ||
2709 | |||
2710 | When a variable is looked up, there are 2 special section. 'default', which | ||
2711 | is the initial section, and 'ENV' which is the processes environment | ||
2712 | variables (accessed via getenv()). When a variable is looked up, it is | ||
2713 | first 'matched' with it's section (if one was specified), if this fails, the | ||
2714 | 'default' section is matched. | ||
2715 | If the 'lhash' variable passed was NULL, the environment is searched. | ||
2716 | |||
2717 | Now why do we bother with sections? So we can have multiple programs using | ||
2718 | the same configuration file, or multiple instances of the same program | ||
2719 | using different variables. It also provides a nice mechanism to override | ||
2720 | the processes environment variables (eg ENV::HOME=/tmp). If there is a | ||
2721 | program specific variable missing, we can have default values. | ||
2722 | Multiple configuration files can be loaded, with each new value clearing | ||
2723 | any predefined values. A system config file can provide 'default' values, | ||
2724 | and application/usr specific files can provide overriding values. | ||
2725 | |||
2726 | Examples | ||
2727 | |||
2728 | # This is a simple example | ||
2729 | SSLEAY_HOME = /usr/local/ssl | ||
2730 | ENV::PATH = $SSLEAY_HOME/bin:$PATH # override my path | ||
2731 | |||
2732 | [X509] | ||
2733 | cert_dir = $SSLEAY_HOME/certs # /usr/local/ssl/certs | ||
2734 | |||
2735 | [SSL] | ||
2736 | CIPHER = DES-EDE-MD5:RC4-MD5 | ||
2737 | USER_CERT = $HOME/${USER}di'r 5' # /home/eay/eaydir 5 | ||
2738 | USER_CERT = $HOME/\${USER}di\'r # /home/eay/${USER}di'r | ||
2739 | USER_CERT = "$HOME/${US"ER}di\'r # $HOME/${USER}di'r | ||
2740 | |||
2741 | TEST = 1234\ | ||
2742 | 5678\ | ||
2743 | 9ab # TEST=123456789ab | ||
2744 | TTT = 1234\n\n # TTT=1234<nl><nl> | ||
2745 | |||
2746 | |||
2747 | |||
2748 | ==== des.doc ======================================================== | ||
2749 | |||
2750 | The DES library. | ||
2751 | |||
2752 | Please note that this library was originally written to operate with | ||
2753 | eBones, a version of Kerberos that had had encryption removed when it left | ||
2754 | the USA and then put back in. As such there are some routines that I will | ||
2755 | advise not using but they are still in the library for historical reasons. | ||
2756 | For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the | ||
2757 | same. | ||
2758 | |||
2759 | This library requires the inclusion of 'des.h'. | ||
2760 | |||
2761 | All of the encryption functions take what is called a des_key_schedule as an | ||
2762 | argument. A des_key_schedule is an expanded form of the des key. | ||
2763 | A des_key is 8 bytes of odd parity, the type used to hold the key is a | ||
2764 | des_cblock. A des_cblock is an array of 8 bytes, often in this library | ||
2765 | description I will refer to input bytes when the function specifies | ||
2766 | des_cblock's as input or output, this just means that the variable should | ||
2767 | be a multiple of 8 bytes. | ||
2768 | |||
2769 | The define DES_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption, DES_DECRYPT to | ||
2770 | specify decryption. The functions and global variable are as follows: | ||
2771 | |||
2772 | int des_check_key; | ||
2773 | DES keys are supposed to be odd parity. If this variable is set to | ||
2774 | a non-zero value, des_set_key() will check that the key has odd | ||
2775 | parity and is not one of the known weak DES keys. By default this | ||
2776 | variable is turned off; | ||
2777 | |||
2778 | void des_set_odd_parity( | ||
2779 | des_cblock *key ); | ||
2780 | This function takes a DES key (8 bytes) and sets the parity to odd. | ||
2781 | |||
2782 | int des_is_weak_key( | ||
2783 | des_cblock *key ); | ||
2784 | This function returns a non-zero value if the DES key passed is a | ||
2785 | weak, DES key. If it is a weak key, don't use it, try a different | ||
2786 | one. If you are using 'random' keys, the chances of hitting a weak | ||
2787 | key are 1/2^52 so it is probably not worth checking for them. | ||
2788 | |||
2789 | int des_set_key( | ||
2790 | des_cblock *key, | ||
2791 | des_key_schedule schedule); | ||
2792 | Des_set_key converts an 8 byte DES key into a des_key_schedule. | ||
2793 | A des_key_schedule is an expanded form of the key which is used to | ||
2794 | perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the DES key | ||
2795 | so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about | ||
2796 | to occur. Don't save or pass around des_key_schedule's since they | ||
2797 | are CPU architecture dependent, DES keys are not. If des_check_key | ||
2798 | is non zero, zero is returned if the key has the wrong parity or | ||
2799 | the key is a weak key, else 1 is returned. | ||
2800 | |||
2801 | int des_key_sched( | ||
2802 | des_cblock *key, | ||
2803 | des_key_schedule schedule); | ||
2804 | An alternative name for des_set_key(). | ||
2805 | |||
2806 | int des_rw_mode; /* defaults to DES_PCBC_MODE */ | ||
2807 | This flag holds either DES_CBC_MODE or DES_PCBC_MODE (default). | ||
2808 | This specifies the function to use in the enc_read() and enc_write() | ||
2809 | functions. | ||
2810 | |||
2811 | void des_encrypt( | ||
2812 | unsigned long *data, | ||
2813 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2814 | int enc); | ||
2815 | This is the DES encryption function that gets called by just about | ||
2816 | every other DES routine in the library. You should not use this | ||
2817 | function except to implement 'modes' of DES. I say this because the | ||
2818 | functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to | ||
2819 | long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory | ||
2820 | access do not occur. The characters are loaded 'little endian', | ||
2821 | have a look at my source code for more details on how I use this | ||
2822 | function. | ||
2823 | Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and ks is the | ||
2824 | des_key_schedule to use. enc, is non zero specifies encryption, | ||
2825 | zero if decryption. | ||
2826 | |||
2827 | void des_encrypt2( | ||
2828 | unsigned long *data, | ||
2829 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2830 | int enc); | ||
2831 | This functions is the same as des_encrypt() except that the DES | ||
2832 | initial permutation (IP) and final permutation (FP) have been left | ||
2833 | out. As for des_encrypt(), you should not use this function. | ||
2834 | It is used by the routines in my library that implement triple DES. | ||
2835 | IP() des_encrypt2() des_encrypt2() des_encrypt2() FP() is the same | ||
2836 | as des_encrypt() des_encrypt() des_encrypt() except faster :-). | ||
2837 | |||
2838 | void des_ecb_encrypt( | ||
2839 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2840 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2841 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2842 | int enc); | ||
2843 | This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of DES, the most basic | ||
2844 | form. Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by | ||
2845 | ks. If enc is non zero (DES_ENCRYPT), encryption occurs, otherwise | ||
2846 | decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes. | ||
2847 | (the des_cblock structure is 8 chars). | ||
2848 | |||
2849 | void des_ecb3_encrypt( | ||
2850 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2851 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2852 | des_key_schedule ks1, | ||
2853 | des_key_schedule ks2, | ||
2854 | des_key_schedule ks3, | ||
2855 | int enc); | ||
2856 | This is the 3 key EDE mode of ECB DES. What this means is that | ||
2857 | the 8 bytes of input is encrypted with ks1, decrypted with ks2 and | ||
2858 | then encrypted again with ks3, before being put into output; | ||
2859 | C=E(ks3,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))). There is a macro, des_ecb2_encrypt() | ||
2860 | that only takes 2 des_key_schedules that implements, | ||
2861 | C=E(ks1,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))) in that the final encrypt is done with ks1. | ||
2862 | |||
2863 | void des_cbc_encrypt( | ||
2864 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2865 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2866 | long length, | ||
2867 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2868 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2869 | int enc); | ||
2870 | This routine implements DES in Cipher Block Chaining mode. | ||
2871 | Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted | ||
2872 | (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes. | ||
2873 | The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above, | ||
2874 | should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, I'm | ||
2875 | not being held responsible :-). ivec is the initialisation vector. | ||
2876 | This function does not modify this variable. To correctly implement | ||
2877 | cbc mode, you need to do one of 2 things; copy the last 8 bytes of | ||
2878 | cipher text for use as the next ivec in your application, | ||
2879 | or use des_ncbc_encrypt(). | ||
2880 | Only this routine has this problem with updating the ivec, all | ||
2881 | other routines that are implementing cbc mode update ivec. | ||
2882 | |||
2883 | void des_ncbc_encrypt( | ||
2884 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2885 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2886 | long length, | ||
2887 | des_key_schedule sk, | ||
2888 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2889 | int enc); | ||
2890 | For historical reasons, des_cbc_encrypt() did not update the | ||
2891 | ivec with the value requires so that subsequent calls to | ||
2892 | des_cbc_encrypt() would 'chain'. This was needed so that the same | ||
2893 | 'length' values would not need to be used when decrypting. | ||
2894 | des_ncbc_encrypt() does the right thing. It is the same as | ||
2895 | des_cbc_encrypt accept that ivec is updates with the correct value | ||
2896 | to pass in subsequent calls to des_ncbc_encrypt(). I advise using | ||
2897 | des_ncbc_encrypt() instead of des_cbc_encrypt(); | ||
2898 | |||
2899 | void des_xcbc_encrypt( | ||
2900 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2901 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2902 | long length, | ||
2903 | des_key_schedule sk, | ||
2904 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2905 | des_cblock *inw, | ||
2906 | des_cblock *outw, | ||
2907 | int enc); | ||
2908 | This is RSA's DESX mode of DES. It uses inw and outw to | ||
2909 | 'whiten' the encryption. inw and outw are secret (unlike the iv) | ||
2910 | and are as such, part of the key. So the key is sort of 24 bytes. | ||
2911 | This is much better than cbc des. | ||
2912 | |||
2913 | void des_3cbc_encrypt( | ||
2914 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2915 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2916 | long length, | ||
2917 | des_key_schedule sk1, | ||
2918 | des_key_schedule sk2, | ||
2919 | des_cblock *ivec1, | ||
2920 | des_cblock *ivec2, | ||
2921 | int enc); | ||
2922 | This function is flawed, do not use it. I have left it in the | ||
2923 | library because it is used in my des(1) program and will function | ||
2924 | correctly when used by des(1). If I removed the function, people | ||
2925 | could end up unable to decrypt files. | ||
2926 | This routine implements outer triple cbc encryption using 2 ks and | ||
2927 | 2 ivec's. Use des_ede2_cbc_encrypt() instead. | ||
2928 | |||
2929 | void des_ede3_cbc_encrypt( | ||
2930 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2931 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2932 | long length, | ||
2933 | des_key_schedule ks1, | ||
2934 | des_key_schedule ks2, | ||
2935 | des_key_schedule ks3, | ||
2936 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2937 | int enc); | ||
2938 | This function implements outer triple CBC DES encryption with 3 | ||
2939 | keys. What this means is that each 'DES' operation | ||
2940 | inside the cbc mode is really an C=E(ks3,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))). | ||
2941 | Again, this is cbc mode so an ivec is requires. | ||
2942 | This mode is used by SSL. | ||
2943 | There is also a des_ede2_cbc_encrypt() that only uses 2 | ||
2944 | des_key_schedule's, the first being reused for the final | ||
2945 | encryption. C=E(ks1,D(ks2,E(ks1,M))). This form of triple DES | ||
2946 | is used by the RSAref library. | ||
2947 | |||
2948 | void des_pcbc_encrypt( | ||
2949 | des_cblock *input, | ||
2950 | des_cblock *output, | ||
2951 | long length, | ||
2952 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2953 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2954 | int enc); | ||
2955 | This is Propagating Cipher Block Chaining mode of DES. It is used | ||
2956 | by Kerberos v4. It's parameters are the same as des_ncbc_encrypt(). | ||
2957 | |||
2958 | void des_cfb_encrypt( | ||
2959 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2960 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2961 | int numbits, | ||
2962 | long length, | ||
2963 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2964 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2965 | int enc); | ||
2966 | Cipher Feedback Back mode of DES. This implementation 'feeds back' | ||
2967 | in numbit blocks. The input (and output) is in multiples of numbits | ||
2968 | bits. numbits should to be a multiple of 8 bits. Length is the | ||
2969 | number of bytes input. If numbits is not a multiple of 8 bits, | ||
2970 | the extra bits in the bytes will be considered padding. So if | ||
2971 | numbits is 12, for each 2 input bytes, the 4 high bits of the | ||
2972 | second byte will be ignored. So to encode 72 bits when using | ||
2973 | a numbits of 12 take 12 bytes. To encode 72 bits when using | ||
2974 | numbits of 9 will take 16 bytes. To encode 80 bits when using | ||
2975 | numbits of 16 will take 10 bytes. etc, etc. This padding will | ||
2976 | apply to both input and output. | ||
2977 | |||
2978 | |||
2979 | void des_cfb64_encrypt( | ||
2980 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2981 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2982 | long length, | ||
2983 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
2984 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
2985 | int *num, | ||
2986 | int enc); | ||
2987 | This is one of the more useful functions in this DES library, it | ||
2988 | implements CFB mode of DES with 64bit feedback. Why is this | ||
2989 | useful you ask? Because this routine will allow you to encrypt an | ||
2990 | arbitrary number of bytes, no 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
2991 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
2992 | and num. num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. If this does | ||
2993 | not make much sense, read more about cfb mode of DES :-). | ||
2994 | |||
2995 | void des_ede3_cfb64_encrypt( | ||
2996 | unsigned char *in, | ||
2997 | unsigned char *out, | ||
2998 | long length, | ||
2999 | des_key_schedule ks1, | ||
3000 | des_key_schedule ks2, | ||
3001 | des_key_schedule ks3, | ||
3002 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
3003 | int *num, | ||
3004 | int enc); | ||
3005 | Same as des_cfb64_encrypt() accept that the DES operation is | ||
3006 | triple DES. As usual, there is a macro for | ||
3007 | des_ede2_cfb64_encrypt() which reuses ks1. | ||
3008 | |||
3009 | void des_ofb_encrypt( | ||
3010 | unsigned char *in, | ||
3011 | unsigned char *out, | ||
3012 | int numbits, | ||
3013 | long length, | ||
3014 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3015 | des_cblock *ivec); | ||
3016 | This is a implementation of Output Feed Back mode of DES. It is | ||
3017 | the same as des_cfb_encrypt() in that numbits is the size of the | ||
3018 | units dealt with during input and output (in bits). | ||
3019 | |||
3020 | void des_ofb64_encrypt( | ||
3021 | unsigned char *in, | ||
3022 | unsigned char *out, | ||
3023 | long length, | ||
3024 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3025 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
3026 | int *num); | ||
3027 | The same as des_cfb64_encrypt() except that it is Output Feed Back | ||
3028 | mode. | ||
3029 | |||
3030 | void des_ede3_ofb64_encrypt( | ||
3031 | unsigned char *in, | ||
3032 | unsigned char *out, | ||
3033 | long length, | ||
3034 | des_key_schedule ks1, | ||
3035 | des_key_schedule ks2, | ||
3036 | des_key_schedule ks3, | ||
3037 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
3038 | int *num); | ||
3039 | Same as des_ofb64_encrypt() accept that the DES operation is | ||
3040 | triple DES. As usual, there is a macro for | ||
3041 | des_ede2_ofb64_encrypt() which reuses ks1. | ||
3042 | |||
3043 | int des_read_pw_string( | ||
3044 | char *buf, | ||
3045 | int length, | ||
3046 | char *prompt, | ||
3047 | int verify); | ||
3048 | This routine is used to get a password from the terminal with echo | ||
3049 | turned off. Buf is where the string will end up and length is the | ||
3050 | size of buf. Prompt is a string presented to the 'user' and if | ||
3051 | verify is set, the key is asked for twice and unless the 2 copies | ||
3052 | match, an error is returned. A return code of -1 indicates a | ||
3053 | system error, 1 failure due to use interaction, and 0 is success. | ||
3054 | |||
3055 | unsigned long des_cbc_cksum( | ||
3056 | des_cblock *input, | ||
3057 | des_cblock *output, | ||
3058 | long length, | ||
3059 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3060 | des_cblock *ivec); | ||
3061 | This function produces an 8 byte checksum from input that it puts in | ||
3062 | output and returns the last 4 bytes as a long. The checksum is | ||
3063 | generated via cbc mode of DES in which only the last 8 byes are | ||
3064 | kept. I would recommend not using this function but instead using | ||
3065 | the EVP_Digest routines, or at least using MD5 or SHA. This | ||
3066 | function is used by Kerberos v4 so that is why it stays in the | ||
3067 | library. | ||
3068 | |||
3069 | char *des_fcrypt( | ||
3070 | const char *buf, | ||
3071 | const char *salt | ||
3072 | char *ret); | ||
3073 | This is my fast version of the unix crypt(3) function. This version | ||
3074 | takes only a small amount of space relative to other fast | ||
3075 | crypt() implementations. This is different to the normal crypt | ||
3076 | in that the third parameter is the buffer that the return value | ||
3077 | is written into. It needs to be at least 14 bytes long. This | ||
3078 | function is thread safe, unlike the normal crypt. | ||
3079 | |||
3080 | char *crypt( | ||
3081 | const char *buf, | ||
3082 | const char *salt); | ||
3083 | This function calls des_fcrypt() with a static array passed as the | ||
3084 | third parameter. This emulates the normal non-thread safe semantics | ||
3085 | of crypt(3). | ||
3086 | |||
3087 | void des_string_to_key( | ||
3088 | char *str, | ||
3089 | des_cblock *key); | ||
3090 | This function takes str and converts it into a DES key. I would | ||
3091 | recommend using MD5 instead and use the first 8 bytes of output. | ||
3092 | When I wrote the first version of these routines back in 1990, MD5 | ||
3093 | did not exist but I feel these routines are still sound. This | ||
3094 | routines is compatible with the one in MIT's libdes. | ||
3095 | |||
3096 | void des_string_to_2keys( | ||
3097 | char *str, | ||
3098 | des_cblock *key1, | ||
3099 | des_cblock *key2); | ||
3100 | This function takes str and converts it into 2 DES keys. | ||
3101 | I would recommend using MD5 and using the 16 bytes as the 2 keys. | ||
3102 | I have nothing against these 2 'string_to_key' routines, it's just | ||
3103 | that if you say that your encryption key is generated by using the | ||
3104 | 16 bytes of an MD5 hash, every-one knows how you generated your | ||
3105 | keys. | ||
3106 | |||
3107 | int des_read_password( | ||
3108 | des_cblock *key, | ||
3109 | char *prompt, | ||
3110 | int verify); | ||
3111 | This routine combines des_read_pw_string() with des_string_to_key(). | ||
3112 | |||
3113 | int des_read_2passwords( | ||
3114 | des_cblock *key1, | ||
3115 | des_cblock *key2, | ||
3116 | char *prompt, | ||
3117 | int verify); | ||
3118 | This routine combines des_read_pw_string() with des_string_to_2key(). | ||
3119 | |||
3120 | void des_random_seed( | ||
3121 | des_cblock key); | ||
3122 | This routine sets a starting point for des_random_key(). | ||
3123 | |||
3124 | void des_random_key( | ||
3125 | des_cblock ret); | ||
3126 | This function return a random key. Make sure to 'seed' the random | ||
3127 | number generator (with des_random_seed()) before using this function. | ||
3128 | I personally now use a MD5 based random number system. | ||
3129 | |||
3130 | int des_enc_read( | ||
3131 | int fd, | ||
3132 | char *buf, | ||
3133 | int len, | ||
3134 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3135 | des_cblock *iv); | ||
3136 | This function will write to a file descriptor the encrypted data | ||
3137 | from buf. This data will be preceded by a 4 byte 'byte count' and | ||
3138 | will be padded out to 8 bytes. The encryption is either CBC of | ||
3139 | PCBC depending on the value of des_rw_mode. If it is DES_PCBC_MODE, | ||
3140 | pcbc is used, if DES_CBC_MODE, cbc is used. The default is to use | ||
3141 | DES_PCBC_MODE. | ||
3142 | |||
3143 | int des_enc_write( | ||
3144 | int fd, | ||
3145 | char *buf, | ||
3146 | int len, | ||
3147 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3148 | des_cblock *iv); | ||
3149 | This routines read stuff written by des_enc_read() and decrypts it. | ||
3150 | I have used these routines quite a lot but I don't believe they are | ||
3151 | suitable for non-blocking io. If you are after a full | ||
3152 | authentication/encryption over networks, have a look at SSL instead. | ||
3153 | |||
3154 | unsigned long des_quad_cksum( | ||
3155 | des_cblock *input, | ||
3156 | des_cblock *output, | ||
3157 | long length, | ||
3158 | int out_count, | ||
3159 | des_cblock *seed); | ||
3160 | This is a function from Kerberos v4 that is not anything to do with | ||
3161 | DES but was needed. It is a cksum that is quicker to generate than | ||
3162 | des_cbc_cksum(); I personally would use MD5 routines now. | ||
3163 | ===== | ||
3164 | Modes of DES | ||
3165 | Quite a bit of the following information has been taken from | ||
3166 | AS 2805.5.2 | ||
3167 | Australian Standard | ||
3168 | Electronic funds transfer - Requirements for interfaces, | ||
3169 | Part 5.2: Modes of operation for an n-bit block cipher algorithm | ||
3170 | Appendix A | ||
3171 | |||
3172 | There are several different modes in which DES can be used, they are | ||
3173 | as follows. | ||
3174 | |||
3175 | Electronic Codebook Mode (ECB) (des_ecb_encrypt()) | ||
3176 | - 64 bits are enciphered at a time. | ||
3177 | - The order of the blocks can be rearranged without detection. | ||
3178 | - The same plaintext block always produces the same ciphertext block | ||
3179 | (for the same key) making it vulnerable to a 'dictionary attack'. | ||
3180 | - An error will only affect one ciphertext block. | ||
3181 | |||
3182 | Cipher Block Chaining Mode (CBC) (des_cbc_encrypt()) | ||
3183 | - a multiple of 64 bits are enciphered at a time. | ||
3184 | - The CBC mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same | ||
3185 | plaintext is encrypted using the same key and starting variable. | ||
3186 | - The chaining operation makes the ciphertext blocks dependent on the | ||
3187 | current and all preceding plaintext blocks and therefore blocks can not | ||
3188 | be rearranged. | ||
3189 | - The use of different starting variables prevents the same plaintext | ||
3190 | enciphering to the same ciphertext. | ||
3191 | - An error will affect the current and the following ciphertext blocks. | ||
3192 | |||
3193 | Cipher Feedback Mode (CFB) (des_cfb_encrypt()) | ||
3194 | - a number of bits (j) <= 64 are enciphered at a time. | ||
3195 | - The CFB mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same | ||
3196 | plaintext is encrypted using the same key and starting variable. | ||
3197 | - The chaining operation makes the ciphertext variables dependent on the | ||
3198 | current and all preceding variables and therefore j-bit variables are | ||
3199 | chained together and can not be rearranged. | ||
3200 | - The use of different starting variables prevents the same plaintext | ||
3201 | enciphering to the same ciphertext. | ||
3202 | - The strength of the CFB mode depends on the size of k (maximal if | ||
3203 | j == k). In my implementation this is always the case. | ||
3204 | - Selection of a small value for j will require more cycles through | ||
3205 | the encipherment algorithm per unit of plaintext and thus cause | ||
3206 | greater processing overheads. | ||
3207 | - Only multiples of j bits can be enciphered. | ||
3208 | - An error will affect the current and the following ciphertext variables. | ||
3209 | |||
3210 | Output Feedback Mode (OFB) (des_ofb_encrypt()) | ||
3211 | - a number of bits (j) <= 64 are enciphered at a time. | ||
3212 | - The OFB mode produces the same ciphertext whenever the same | ||
3213 | plaintext enciphered using the same key and starting variable. More | ||
3214 | over, in the OFB mode the same key stream is produced when the same | ||
3215 | key and start variable are used. Consequently, for security reasons | ||
3216 | a specific start variable should be used only once for a given key. | ||
3217 | - The absence of chaining makes the OFB more vulnerable to specific attacks. | ||
3218 | - The use of different start variables values prevents the same | ||
3219 | plaintext enciphering to the same ciphertext, by producing different | ||
3220 | key streams. | ||
3221 | - Selection of a small value for j will require more cycles through | ||
3222 | the encipherment algorithm per unit of plaintext and thus cause | ||
3223 | greater processing overheads. | ||
3224 | - Only multiples of j bits can be enciphered. | ||
3225 | - OFB mode of operation does not extend ciphertext errors in the | ||
3226 | resultant plaintext output. Every bit error in the ciphertext causes | ||
3227 | only one bit to be in error in the deciphered plaintext. | ||
3228 | - OFB mode is not self-synchronising. If the two operation of | ||
3229 | encipherment and decipherment get out of synchronism, the system needs | ||
3230 | to be re-initialised. | ||
3231 | - Each re-initialisation should use a value of the start variable | ||
3232 | different from the start variable values used before with the same | ||
3233 | key. The reason for this is that an identical bit stream would be | ||
3234 | produced each time from the same parameters. This would be | ||
3235 | susceptible to a ' known plaintext' attack. | ||
3236 | |||
3237 | Triple ECB Mode (des_ecb3_encrypt()) | ||
3238 | - Encrypt with key1, decrypt with key2 and encrypt with key3 again. | ||
3239 | - As for ECB encryption but increases the key length to 168 bits. | ||
3240 | There are theoretic attacks that can be used that make the effective | ||
3241 | key length 112 bits, but this attack also requires 2^56 blocks of | ||
3242 | memory, not very likely, even for the NSA. | ||
3243 | - If both keys are the same it is equivalent to encrypting once with | ||
3244 | just one key. | ||
3245 | - If the first and last key are the same, the key length is 112 bits. | ||
3246 | There are attacks that could reduce the key space to 55 bit's but it | ||
3247 | requires 2^56 blocks of memory. | ||
3248 | - If all 3 keys are the same, this is effectively the same as normal | ||
3249 | ecb mode. | ||
3250 | |||
3251 | Triple CBC Mode (des_ede3_cbc_encrypt()) | ||
3252 | - Encrypt with key1, decrypt with key2 and then encrypt with key3. | ||
3253 | - As for CBC encryption but increases the key length to 168 bits with | ||
3254 | the same restrictions as for triple ecb mode. | ||
3255 | |||
3256 | ==== digest.doc ======================================================== | ||
3257 | |||
3258 | |||
3259 | The Message Digest subroutines. | ||
3260 | |||
3261 | These routines require "evp.h" to be included. | ||
3262 | |||
3263 | These functions are a higher level interface to the various message digest | ||
3264 | routines found in this library. As such, they allow the same code to be | ||
3265 | used to digest via different algorithms with only a change in an initial | ||
3266 | parameter. They are basically just a front-end to the MD2, MD5, SHA | ||
3267 | and SHA1 | ||
3268 | routines. | ||
3269 | |||
3270 | These routines all take a pointer to the following structure to specify | ||
3271 | which message digest algorithm to use. | ||
3272 | typedef struct evp_md_st | ||
3273 | { | ||
3274 | int type; | ||
3275 | int pkey_type; | ||
3276 | int md_size; | ||
3277 | void (*init)(); | ||
3278 | void (*update)(); | ||
3279 | void (*final)(); | ||
3280 | |||
3281 | int required_pkey_type; /*EVP_PKEY_xxx */ | ||
3282 | int (*sign)(); | ||
3283 | int (*verify)(); | ||
3284 | } EVP_MD; | ||
3285 | |||
3286 | If additional message digest algorithms are to be supported, a structure of | ||
3287 | this type needs to be declared and populated and then the Digest routines | ||
3288 | can be used with that algorithm. The type field is the object NID of the | ||
3289 | digest type (read the section on Objects for an explanation). The pkey_type | ||
3290 | is the Object type to use when the a message digest is generated by there | ||
3291 | routines and then is to be signed with the pkey algorithm. Md_size is | ||
3292 | the size of the message digest returned. Init, update | ||
3293 | and final are the relevant functions to perform the message digest function | ||
3294 | by parts. One reason for specifying the message digest to use via this | ||
3295 | mechanism is that if you only use md5, only the md5 routines will | ||
3296 | be included in you linked program. If you passed an integer | ||
3297 | that specified which message digest to use, the routine that mapped that | ||
3298 | integer to a set of message digest functions would cause all the message | ||
3299 | digests functions to be link into the code. This setup also allows new | ||
3300 | message digest functions to be added by the application. | ||
3301 | |||
3302 | The six message digests defined in this library are | ||
3303 | |||
3304 | EVP_MD *EVP_md2(void); /* RSA sign/verify */ | ||
3305 | EVP_MD *EVP_md5(void); /* RSA sign/verify */ | ||
3306 | EVP_MD *EVP_sha(void); /* RSA sign/verify */ | ||
3307 | EVP_MD *EVP_sha1(void); /* RSA sign/verify */ | ||
3308 | EVP_MD *EVP_dss(void); /* DSA sign/verify */ | ||
3309 | EVP_MD *EVP_dss1(void); /* DSA sign/verify */ | ||
3310 | |||
3311 | All the message digest routines take a EVP_MD_CTX pointer as an argument. | ||
3312 | The state of the message digest is kept in this structure. | ||
3313 | |||
3314 | typedef struct pem_md_ctx_st | ||
3315 | { | ||
3316 | EVP_MD *digest; | ||
3317 | union { | ||
3318 | unsigned char base[4]; /* this is used in my library as a | ||
3319 | * 'pointer' to all union elements | ||
3320 | * structures. */ | ||
3321 | MD2_CTX md2; | ||
3322 | MD5_CTX md5; | ||
3323 | SHA_CTX sha; | ||
3324 | } md; | ||
3325 | } EVP_MD_CTX; | ||
3326 | |||
3327 | The Digest functions are as follows. | ||
3328 | |||
3329 | void EVP_DigestInit( | ||
3330 | EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, | ||
3331 | EVP_MD *type); | ||
3332 | This function is used to initialise the EVP_MD_CTX. The message | ||
3333 | digest that will associated with 'ctx' is specified by 'type'. | ||
3334 | |||
3335 | void EVP_DigestUpdate( | ||
3336 | EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, | ||
3337 | unsigned char *data, | ||
3338 | unsigned int cnt); | ||
3339 | This function is used to pass more data to the message digest | ||
3340 | function. 'cnt' bytes are digested from 'data'. | ||
3341 | |||
3342 | void EVP_DigestFinal( | ||
3343 | EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, | ||
3344 | unsigned char *md, | ||
3345 | unsigned int *len); | ||
3346 | This function finishes the digestion and puts the message digest | ||
3347 | into 'md'. The length of the message digest is put into len; | ||
3348 | EVP_MAX_MD_SIZE is the size of the largest message digest that | ||
3349 | can be returned from this function. Len can be NULL if the | ||
3350 | size of the digest is not required. | ||
3351 | |||
3352 | |||
3353 | ==== encode.doc ======================================================== | ||
3354 | |||
3355 | |||
3356 | void EVP_EncodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); | ||
3357 | void EVP_EncodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out, | ||
3358 | int *outl,unsigned char *in,int inl); | ||
3359 | void EVP_EncodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl); | ||
3360 | int EVP_EncodeBlock(unsigned char *t, unsigned char *f, int n); | ||
3361 | |||
3362 | void EVP_DecodeInit(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx); | ||
3363 | int EVP_DecodeUpdate(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl, | ||
3364 | unsigned char *in, int inl); | ||
3365 | int EVP_DecodeFinal(EVP_ENCODE_CTX *ctx, unsigned | ||
3366 | char *out, int *outl); | ||
3367 | int EVP_DecodeBlock(unsigned char *t, unsigned | ||
3368 | char *f, int n); | ||
3369 | |||
3370 | |||
3371 | ==== envelope.doc ======================================================== | ||
3372 | |||
3373 | The following routines are use to create 'digital' envelopes. | ||
3374 | By this I mean that they perform various 'higher' level cryptographic | ||
3375 | functions. Have a read of 'cipher.doc' and 'digest.doc' since those | ||
3376 | routines are used by these functions. | ||
3377 | cipher.doc contains documentation about the cipher part of the | ||
3378 | envelope library and digest.doc contatins the description of the | ||
3379 | message digests supported. | ||
3380 | |||
3381 | To 'sign' a document involves generating a message digest and then encrypting | ||
3382 | the digest with an private key. | ||
3383 | |||
3384 | #define EVP_SignInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b) | ||
3385 | #define EVP_SignUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) | ||
3386 | Due to the fact this operation is basically just an extended message | ||
3387 | digest, the first 2 functions are macro calls to Digest generating | ||
3388 | functions. | ||
3389 | |||
3390 | int EVP_SignFinal( | ||
3391 | EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, | ||
3392 | unsigned char *md, | ||
3393 | unsigned int *s, | ||
3394 | EVP_PKEY *pkey); | ||
3395 | This finalisation function finishes the generation of the message | ||
3396 | digest and then encrypts the digest (with the correct message digest | ||
3397 | object identifier) with the EVP_PKEY private key. 'ctx' is the message digest | ||
3398 | context. 'md' will end up containing the encrypted message digest. This | ||
3399 | array needs to be EVP_PKEY_size(pkey) bytes long. 's' will actually | ||
3400 | contain the exact length. 'pkey' of course is the private key. It is | ||
3401 | one of EVP_PKEY_RSA or EVP_PKEY_DSA type. | ||
3402 | If there is an error, 0 is returned, otherwise 1. | ||
3403 | |||
3404 | Verify is used to check an signed message digest. | ||
3405 | |||
3406 | #define EVP_VerifyInit(a,b) EVP_DigestInit(a,b) | ||
3407 | #define EVP_VerifyUpdate(a,b,c) EVP_DigestUpdate(a,b,c) | ||
3408 | Since the first step is to generate a message digest, the first 2 functions | ||
3409 | are macros. | ||
3410 | |||
3411 | int EVP_VerifyFinal( | ||
3412 | EVP_MD_CTX *ctx, | ||
3413 | unsigned char *md, | ||
3414 | unsigned int s, | ||
3415 | EVP_PKEY *pkey); | ||
3416 | This function finishes the generation of the message digest and then | ||
3417 | compares it with the supplied encrypted message digest. 'md' contains the | ||
3418 | 's' bytes of encrypted message digest. 'pkey' is used to public key decrypt | ||
3419 | the digest. It is then compared with the message digest just generated. | ||
3420 | If they match, 1 is returned else 0. | ||
3421 | |||
3422 | int EVP_SealInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, EVP_CIPHER *type, unsigned char **ek, | ||
3423 | int *ekl, unsigned char *iv, EVP_PKEY **pubk, int npubk); | ||
3424 | Must have at least one public key, error is 0. I should also mention that | ||
3425 | the buffers pointed to by 'ek' need to be EVP_PKEY_size(pubk[n]) is size. | ||
3426 | |||
3427 | #define EVP_SealUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_EncryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) | ||
3428 | void EVP_SealFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,unsigned char *out,int *outl); | ||
3429 | |||
3430 | |||
3431 | int EVP_OpenInit(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx,EVP_CIPHER *type,unsigned char *ek, | ||
3432 | int ekl,unsigned char *iv,EVP_PKEY *priv); | ||
3433 | 0 on failure | ||
3434 | |||
3435 | #define EVP_OpenUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) EVP_DecryptUpdate(a,b,c,d,e) | ||
3436 | |||
3437 | int EVP_OpenFinal(EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, unsigned char *out, int *outl); | ||
3438 | Decrypt final return code | ||
3439 | |||
3440 | |||
3441 | ==== error.doc ======================================================== | ||
3442 | |||
3443 | The error routines. | ||
3444 | |||
3445 | The 'error' system I've implemented is intended to server 2 purpose, to | ||
3446 | record the reason why a command failed and to record where in the libraries | ||
3447 | the failure occurred. It is more or less setup to record a 'trace' of which | ||
3448 | library components were being traversed when the error occurred. | ||
3449 | |||
3450 | When an error is recorded, it is done so a as single unsigned long which is | ||
3451 | composed of three parts. The top byte is the 'library' number, the middle | ||
3452 | 12 bytes is the function code, and the bottom 12 bits is the 'reason' code. | ||
3453 | |||
3454 | Each 'library', or should a say, 'section' of the SSLeay library has a | ||
3455 | different unique 'library' error number. Each function in the library has | ||
3456 | a number that is unique for that library. Each 'library' also has a number | ||
3457 | for each 'error reason' that is only unique for that 'library'. | ||
3458 | |||
3459 | Due to the way these error routines record a 'error trace', there is an | ||
3460 | array per thread that is used to store the error codes. | ||
3461 | The various functions in this library are used to access | ||
3462 | and manipulate this array. | ||
3463 | |||
3464 | void ERR_put_error(int lib, int func,int reason); | ||
3465 | This routine records an error in library 'lib', function 'func' | ||
3466 | and reason 'reason'. As errors get 'put' into the buffer, they wrap | ||
3467 | around and overwrite old errors if too many are written. It is assumed | ||
3468 | that the last errors are the most important. | ||
3469 | |||
3470 | unsigned long ERR_get_error(void ); | ||
3471 | This function returns the last error added to the error buffer. | ||
3472 | In effect it is popping the value off the buffer so repeated calls will | ||
3473 | continue to return values until there are no more errors to return in which | ||
3474 | case 0 is returned. | ||
3475 | |||
3476 | unsigned long ERR_peek_error(void ); | ||
3477 | This function returns the value of the last error added to the | ||
3478 | error buffer but does not 'pop' it from the buffer. | ||
3479 | |||
3480 | void ERR_clear_error(void ); | ||
3481 | This function clears the error buffer, discarding all unread | ||
3482 | errors. | ||
3483 | |||
3484 | While the above described error system obviously produces lots of different | ||
3485 | error number, a method for 'reporting' these errors in a human readable | ||
3486 | form is required. To achieve this, each library has the option of | ||
3487 | 'registering' error strings. | ||
3488 | |||
3489 | typedef struct ERR_string_data_st | ||
3490 | { | ||
3491 | unsigned long error; | ||
3492 | char *string; | ||
3493 | } ERR_STRING_DATA; | ||
3494 | |||
3495 | The 'ERR_STRING_DATA' contains an error code and the corresponding text | ||
3496 | string. To add new function error strings for a library, the | ||
3497 | ERR_STRING_DATA needs to be 'registered' with the library. | ||
3498 | |||
3499 | void ERR_load_strings(unsigned long lib,ERR_STRING_DATA *err); | ||
3500 | This function 'registers' the array of ERR_STRING_DATA pointed to by | ||
3501 | 'err' as error text strings for the error library 'lib'. | ||
3502 | |||
3503 | void ERR_free_strings(void); | ||
3504 | This function free()s all the loaded error strings. | ||
3505 | |||
3506 | char *ERR_error_string(unsigned long error,char *buf); | ||
3507 | This function returns a text string that is a human readable | ||
3508 | version of the error represented by 'error'. Buff should be at least 120 | ||
3509 | bytes long and if it is NULL, the return value is a pointer to a static | ||
3510 | variable that will contain the error string, otherwise 'buf' is returned. | ||
3511 | If there is not a text string registered for a particular error, a text | ||
3512 | string containing the error number is returned instead. | ||
3513 | |||
3514 | void ERR_print_errors(BIO *bp); | ||
3515 | void ERR_print_errors_fp(FILE *fp); | ||
3516 | This function is a convenience routine that prints the error string | ||
3517 | for each error until all errors have been accounted for. | ||
3518 | |||
3519 | char *ERR_lib_error_string(unsigned long e); | ||
3520 | char *ERR_func_error_string(unsigned long e); | ||
3521 | char *ERR_reason_error_string(unsigned long e); | ||
3522 | The above three functions return the 3 different components strings for the | ||
3523 | error 'e'. ERR_error_string() uses these functions. | ||
3524 | |||
3525 | void ERR_load_ERR_strings(void ); | ||
3526 | This function 'registers' the error strings for the 'ERR' module. | ||
3527 | |||
3528 | void ERR_load_crypto_strings(void ); | ||
3529 | This function 'register' the error strings for just about every | ||
3530 | library in the SSLeay package except for the SSL routines. There is no | ||
3531 | need to ever register any error text strings and you will probably save in | ||
3532 | program size. If on the other hand you do 'register' all errors, it is | ||
3533 | quite easy to determine why a particular routine failed. | ||
3534 | |||
3535 | As a final footnote as to why the error system is designed as it is. | ||
3536 | 1) I did not want a single 'global' error code. | ||
3537 | 2) I wanted to know which subroutine a failure occurred in. | ||
3538 | 3) For Windows NT etc, it should be simple to replace the 'key' routines | ||
3539 | with code to pass error codes back to the application. | ||
3540 | 4) I wanted the option of meaningful error text strings. | ||
3541 | |||
3542 | Late breaking news - the changes to support threads. | ||
3543 | |||
3544 | Each 'thread' has an 'ERR_STATE' state associated with it. | ||
3545 | ERR_STATE *ERR_get_state(void ) will return the 'state' for the calling | ||
3546 | thread/process. | ||
3547 | |||
3548 | ERR_remove_state(unsigned long pid); will 'free()' this state. If pid == 0 | ||
3549 | the current 'thread/process' will have it's error state removed. | ||
3550 | If you do not remove the error state of a thread, this could be considered a | ||
3551 | form of memory leak, so just after 'reaping' a thread that has died, | ||
3552 | call ERR_remove_state(pid). | ||
3553 | |||
3554 | Have a read of thread.doc for more details for what is required for | ||
3555 | multi-threading support. All the other error routines will | ||
3556 | work correctly when using threads. | ||
3557 | |||
3558 | |||
3559 | ==== idea.doc ======================================================== | ||
3560 | |||
3561 | The IDEA library. | ||
3562 | IDEA is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It | ||
3563 | uses a 128bit (16 byte) key. It can be used in all the modes that DES can | ||
3564 | be used. This library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64 and ofb64 modes. | ||
3565 | |||
3566 | For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the | ||
3567 | same. | ||
3568 | |||
3569 | This library requires the inclusion of 'idea.h'. | ||
3570 | |||
3571 | All of the encryption functions take what is called an IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE as an | ||
3572 | argument. An IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of the idea key. | ||
3573 | For all modes of the IDEA algorithm, the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE used for | ||
3574 | decryption is different to the one used for encryption. | ||
3575 | |||
3576 | The define IDEA_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions | ||
3577 | that require an encryption/decryption flag. IDEA_DECRYPT is passed to | ||
3578 | specify decryption. For some mode there is no encryption/decryption | ||
3579 | flag since this is determined by the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. | ||
3580 | |||
3581 | So to encrypt you would do the following | ||
3582 | idea_set_encrypt_key(key,encrypt_ks); | ||
3583 | idea_ecb_encrypt(...,encrypt_ks); | ||
3584 | idea_cbc_encrypt(....,encrypt_ks,...,IDEA_ENCRYPT); | ||
3585 | |||
3586 | To Decrypt | ||
3587 | idea_set_encrypt_key(key,encrypt_ks); | ||
3588 | idea_set_decrypt_key(encrypt_ks,decrypt_ks); | ||
3589 | idea_ecb_encrypt(...,decrypt_ks); | ||
3590 | idea_cbc_encrypt(....,decrypt_ks,...,IDEA_DECRYPT); | ||
3591 | |||
3592 | Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library | ||
3593 | could be used with IDEA. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and | ||
3594 | ofb64 for the following reasons. | ||
3595 | - ecb is the basic IDEA encryption. | ||
3596 | - cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers. | ||
3597 | - cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output | ||
3598 | do not need to be a multiple of 8. | ||
3599 | - ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as | ||
3600 | secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode. | ||
3601 | - If you want triple IDEA, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally | ||
3602 | obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to | ||
3603 | copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to | ||
3604 | idea_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-). | ||
3605 | |||
3606 | The functions are as follows: | ||
3607 | |||
3608 | void idea_set_encrypt_key( | ||
3609 | unsigned char *key; | ||
3610 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); | ||
3611 | idea_set_encrypt_key converts a 16 byte IDEA key into an | ||
3612 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. The IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of | ||
3613 | the key which can be used to perform IDEA encryption. | ||
3614 | An IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE is an expanded form of the key which is used to | ||
3615 | perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the IDEA key | ||
3616 | so it only needs to be kept when encryption is about | ||
3617 | to occur. Don't save or pass around IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE's since they | ||
3618 | are CPU architecture dependent, IDEA keys are not. | ||
3619 | |||
3620 | void idea_set_decrypt_key( | ||
3621 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *encrypt_ks, | ||
3622 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *decrypt_ks); | ||
3623 | This functions converts an encryption IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE into a | ||
3624 | decryption IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. For all decryption, this conversion | ||
3625 | of the key must be done. In some modes of IDEA, an | ||
3626 | encryption/decryption flag is also required, this is because these | ||
3627 | functions involve block chaining and the way this is done changes | ||
3628 | depending on which of encryption of decryption is being done. | ||
3629 | Please note that there is no quick way to generate the decryption | ||
3630 | key schedule other than generating the encryption key schedule and | ||
3631 | then converting it. | ||
3632 | |||
3633 | void idea_encrypt( | ||
3634 | unsigned long *data, | ||
3635 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); | ||
3636 | This is the IDEA encryption function that gets called by just about | ||
3637 | every other IDEA routine in the library. You should not use this | ||
3638 | function except to implement 'modes' of IDEA. I say this because the | ||
3639 | functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to | ||
3640 | long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory | ||
3641 | access do not occur. | ||
3642 | Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and ks is the | ||
3643 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE to use. Encryption or decryption depends on the | ||
3644 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE. | ||
3645 | |||
3646 | void idea_ecb_encrypt( | ||
3647 | unsigned char *input, | ||
3648 | unsigned char *output, | ||
3649 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks); | ||
3650 | This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of IDEA (in DES this | ||
3651 | mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term | ||
3652 | for idea as well :-). | ||
3653 | Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by | ||
3654 | ks. Depending on the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE, encryption or | ||
3655 | decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes. | ||
3656 | |||
3657 | void idea_cbc_encrypt( | ||
3658 | unsigned char *input, | ||
3659 | unsigned char *output, | ||
3660 | long length, | ||
3661 | IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE *ks, | ||
3662 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
3663 | int enc); | ||
3664 | This routine implements IDEA in Cipher Block Chaining mode. | ||
3665 | Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted | ||
3666 | (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes. | ||
3667 | The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above, | ||
3668 | should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad | ||
3669 | things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector. | ||
3670 | This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to | ||
3671 | the next call to idea_cbc_encrypt(). | ||
3672 | |||
3673 | void idea_cfb64_encrypt( | ||
3674 | unsigned char *in, | ||
3675 | unsigned char *out, | ||
3676 | long length, | ||
3677 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3678 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
3679 | int *num, | ||
3680 | int enc); | ||
3681 | This is one of the more useful functions in this IDEA library, it | ||
3682 | implements CFB mode of IDEA with 64bit feedback. | ||
3683 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
3684 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
3685 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
3686 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
3687 | Enc is used to indicate encryption or decryption. | ||
3688 | One very important thing to remember is that when decrypting, use | ||
3689 | the encryption form of the key. | ||
3690 | CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to | ||
3691 | generate a stream of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text. | ||
3692 | The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to | ||
3693 | be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain | ||
3694 | text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt, | ||
3695 | the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next | ||
3696 | block of data is gathered for encryption is different for | ||
3697 | encryption and decryption. What this means is that to encrypt | ||
3698 | idea_set_encrypt_key(key,ks); | ||
3699 | idea_cfb64_encrypt(...,ks,..,IDEA_ENCRYPT) | ||
3700 | do decrypt | ||
3701 | idea_set_encrypt_key(key,ks) | ||
3702 | idea_cfb64_encrypt(...,ks,...,IDEA_DECRYPT) | ||
3703 | Note: The same IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE but different encryption flags. | ||
3704 | For idea_cbc or idea_ecb, idea_set_decrypt_key() would need to be | ||
3705 | used to generate the IDEA_KEY_SCHEDULE for decryption. | ||
3706 | The reason I'm stressing this point is that I just wasted 3 hours | ||
3707 | today trying to decrypt using this mode and the decryption form of | ||
3708 | the key :-(. | ||
3709 | |||
3710 | void idea_ofb64_encrypt( | ||
3711 | unsigned char *in, | ||
3712 | unsigned char *out, | ||
3713 | long length, | ||
3714 | des_key_schedule ks, | ||
3715 | des_cblock *ivec, | ||
3716 | int *num); | ||
3717 | This functions implements OFB mode of IDEA with 64bit feedback. | ||
3718 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
3719 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
3720 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
3721 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
3722 | This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or | ||
3723 | decryption mode. The same key and iv should be used to | ||
3724 | encrypt and decrypt. | ||
3725 | |||
3726 | For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library. | ||
3727 | To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to | ||
3728 | produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to | ||
3729 | idea_set_encrypt_key(). | ||
3730 | |||
3731 | ===== | ||
3732 | For more information about the specific IDEA modes in this library | ||
3733 | (ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the | ||
3734 | documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly | ||
3735 | applicable for IDEA. | ||
3736 | |||
3737 | |||
3738 | ==== legal.doc ======================================================== | ||
3739 | |||
3740 | From eay@mincom.com Thu Jun 27 00:25:45 1996 | ||
3741 | Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA15821 | ||
3742 | (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Wed, 26 Jun 1996 14:25:45 +1000 | ||
3743 | Date: Wed, 26 Jun 1996 14:25:45 +1000 (EST) | ||
3744 | From: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au> | ||
3745 | X-Sender: eay@orb | ||
3746 | To: Ken Toll <ktoll@ren.digitalage.com> | ||
3747 | Cc: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au>, ssl-talk@netscape.com | ||
3748 | Subject: Re: Unidentified subject! | ||
3749 | In-Reply-To: <9606261950.ZM28943@ren.digitalage.com> | ||
3750 | Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.960626131156.28573K-100000@orb> | ||
3751 | Mime-Version: 1.0 | ||
3752 | Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII | ||
3753 | Status: O | ||
3754 | X-Status: | ||
3755 | |||
3756 | |||
3757 | This is a little off topic but since SSLeay is a free implementation of | ||
3758 | the SSLv2 protocol, I feel it is worth responding on the topic of if it | ||
3759 | is actually legal for Americans to use free cryptographic software. | ||
3760 | |||
3761 | On Wed, 26 Jun 1996, Ken Toll wrote: | ||
3762 | > Is the U.S the only country that SSLeay cannot be used commercially | ||
3763 | > (because of RSAref) or is that going to be an issue with every country | ||
3764 | > that a client/server application (non-web browser/server) is deployed | ||
3765 | > and sold? | ||
3766 | |||
3767 | >From what I understand, the software patents that apply to algorithms | ||
3768 | like RSA and DH only apply in the USA. The IDEA algorithm I believe is | ||
3769 | patened in europe (USA?), but considing how little it is used by other SSL | ||
3770 | implementations, it quite easily be left out of the SSLeay build | ||
3771 | (this can be done with a compile flag). | ||
3772 | |||
3773 | Actually if the RSA patent did apply outside the USA, it could be rather | ||
3774 | interesting since RSA is not alowed to let RSA toolkits outside of the USA | ||
3775 | [1], and since these are the only forms that they will alow the algorithm | ||
3776 | to be used in, it would mean that non-one outside of the USA could produce | ||
3777 | public key software which would be a very strong statment for | ||
3778 | international patent law to make :-). This logic is a little flawed but | ||
3779 | it still points out some of the more interesting permutations of USA | ||
3780 | patent law and ITAR restrictions. | ||
3781 | |||
3782 | Inside the USA there is also the unresolved issue of RC4/RC2 which were | ||
3783 | made public on sci.crypt in Sep 1994 (RC4) and Feb 1996 (RC2). I have | ||
3784 | copies of the origional postings if people are interested. RSA I believe | ||
3785 | claim that they were 'trade-secrets' and that some-one broke an NDA in | ||
3786 | revealing them. Other claim they reverse engineered the algorithms from | ||
3787 | compiled binaries. If the algorithms were reverse engineered, I belive | ||
3788 | RSA had no legal leg to stand on. If an NDA was broken, I don't know. | ||
3789 | Regardless, RSA, I belive, is willing to go to court over the issue so | ||
3790 | licencing is probably the best idea, or at least talk to them. | ||
3791 | If there are people who actually know more about this, pease let me know, I | ||
3792 | don't want to vilify or spread miss-information if I can help it. | ||
3793 | |||
3794 | If you are not producing a web browser, it is easy to build SSLeay with | ||
3795 | RC2/RC4 removed. Since RC4 is the defacto standard cipher in | ||
3796 | all web software (and it is damn fast) it is more or less required for | ||
3797 | www use. For non www use of SSL, especially for an application where | ||
3798 | interoperability with other vendors is not critical just leave it out. | ||
3799 | |||
3800 | Removing IDEA, RC2 and RC4 would only leave DES and Triple DES but | ||
3801 | they should be ok. Considing that Triple DES can encrypt at rates of | ||
3802 | 410k/sec on a pentium 100, and 940k/sec on a P6/200, this is quite | ||
3803 | reasonable performance. Single DES clocks in at 1160k/s and 2467k/s | ||
3804 | respectivly is actually quite fast for those not so paranoid (56 bit key).[1] | ||
3805 | |||
3806 | > Is it possible to get a certificate for commercial use outside of the U.S.? | ||
3807 | yes. | ||
3808 | |||
3809 | Thawte Consulting issues certificates (they are the people who sell the | ||
3810 | Sioux httpd server and are based in South Africa) | ||
3811 | Verisign will issue certificates for Sioux (sold from South Africa), so this | ||
3812 | proves that they will issue certificate for OS use if they are | ||
3813 | happy with the quality of the software. | ||
3814 | |||
3815 | (The above mentioned companies just the ones that I know for sure are issuing | ||
3816 | certificates outside the USA). | ||
3817 | |||
3818 | There is always the point that if you are using SSL for an intra net, | ||
3819 | SSLeay provides programs that can be used so you can issue your own | ||
3820 | certificates. They need polishing but at least it is a good starting point. | ||
3821 | |||
3822 | I am not doing anything outside Australian law by implementing these | ||
3823 | algorithms (to the best of my knowedge). It is another example of how | ||
3824 | the world legal system does not cope with the internet very well. | ||
3825 | |||
3826 | I may start making shared libraries available (I have now got DLL's for | ||
3827 | Windows). This will mean that distributions into the usa could be | ||
3828 | shipped with a version with a reduced cipher set and the versions outside | ||
3829 | could use the DLL/shared library with all the ciphers (and without RSAref). | ||
3830 | |||
3831 | This could be completly hidden from the application, so this would not | ||
3832 | even require a re-linking. | ||
3833 | |||
3834 | This is the reverse of what people were talking about doing to get around | ||
3835 | USA export regulations :-) | ||
3836 | |||
3837 | eric | ||
3838 | |||
3839 | [1]: The RSAref2.0 tookit is available on at least 3 ftp sites in Europe | ||
3840 | and one in South Africa. | ||
3841 | |||
3842 | [2]: Since I always get questions when I post benchmark numbers :-), | ||
3843 | DES performace figures are in 1000's of bytes per second in cbc | ||
3844 | mode using an 8192 byte buffer. The pentium 100 was running Windows NT | ||
3845 | 3.51 DLLs and the 686/200 was running NextStep. | ||
3846 | I quote pentium 100 benchmarks because it is basically the | ||
3847 | 'entry level' computer that most people buy for personal use. | ||
3848 | Windows 95 is the OS shipping on those boxes, so I'll give | ||
3849 | NT numbers (the same Win32 runtime environment). The 686 | ||
3850 | numbers are present as an indication of where we will be in a | ||
3851 | few years. | ||
3852 | -- | ||
3853 | Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates. | ||
3854 | AARNet: eay@mincom.oz.au | RTFM Win32 GetMessage(). | ||
3855 | |||
3856 | |||
3857 | |||
3858 | ==== lhash.doc ======================================================== | ||
3859 | |||
3860 | The LHASH library. | ||
3861 | |||
3862 | I wrote this library in 1991 and have since forgotten why I called it lhash. | ||
3863 | It implements a hash table from an article I read at the | ||
3864 | time from 'Communications of the ACM'. What makes this hash | ||
3865 | table different is that as the table fills, the hash table is | ||
3866 | increased (or decreased) in size via realloc(). | ||
3867 | When a 'resize' is done, instead of all hashes being redistributed over | ||
3868 | twice as many 'buckets', one bucket is split. So when an 'expand' is done, | ||
3869 | there is only a minimal cost to redistribute some values. Subsequent | ||
3870 | inserts will cause more single 'bucket' redistributions but there will | ||
3871 | never be a sudden large cost due to redistributing all the 'buckets'. | ||
3872 | |||
3873 | The state for a particular hash table is kept in the LHASH structure. | ||
3874 | The LHASH structure also records statistics about most aspects of accessing | ||
3875 | the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of my writing this library for | ||
3876 | the reasons of implementing what looked like a nice algorithm rather than | ||
3877 | for a particular software product. | ||
3878 | |||
3879 | Internal stuff you probably don't want to know about. | ||
3880 | The decision to increase or decrease the hash table size is made depending | ||
3881 | on the 'load' of the hash table. The load is the number of items in the | ||
3882 | hash table divided by the size of the hash table. The default values are | ||
3883 | as follows. If (hash->up_load < load) => expand. | ||
3884 | if (hash->down_load > load) => contract. The 'up_load' has a default value of | ||
3885 | 1 and 'down_load' has a default value of 2. These numbers can be modified | ||
3886 | by the application by just playing with the 'up_load' and 'down_load' | ||
3887 | variables. The 'load' is kept in a form which is multiplied by 256. So | ||
3888 | hash->up_load=8*256; will cause a load of 8 to be set. | ||
3889 | |||
3890 | If you are interested in performance the field to watch is | ||
3891 | num_comp_calls. The hash library keeps track of the 'hash' value for | ||
3892 | each item so when a lookup is done, the 'hashes' are compared, if | ||
3893 | there is a match, then a full compare is done, and | ||
3894 | hash->num_comp_calls is incremented. If num_comp_calls is not equal | ||
3895 | to num_delete plus num_retrieve it means that your hash function is | ||
3896 | generating hashes that are the same for different values. It is | ||
3897 | probably worth changing your hash function if this is the case because | ||
3898 | even if your hash table has 10 items in a 'bucked', it can be searched | ||
3899 | with 10 'unsigned long' compares and 10 linked list traverses. This | ||
3900 | will be much less expensive that 10 calls to you compare function. | ||
3901 | |||
3902 | LHASH *lh_new( | ||
3903 | unsigned long (*hash)(), | ||
3904 | int (*cmp)()); | ||
3905 | This function is used to create a new LHASH structure. It is passed | ||
3906 | function pointers that are used to store and retrieve values passed | ||
3907 | into the hash table. The 'hash' | ||
3908 | function is a hashing function that will return a hashed value of | ||
3909 | it's passed structure. 'cmp' is passed 2 parameters, it returns 0 | ||
3910 | is they are equal, otherwise, non zero. | ||
3911 | If there are any problems (usually malloc failures), NULL is | ||
3912 | returned, otherwise a new LHASH structure is returned. The | ||
3913 | hash value is normally truncated to a power of 2, so make sure | ||
3914 | that your hash function returns well mixed low order bits. | ||
3915 | |||
3916 | void lh_free( | ||
3917 | LHASH *lh); | ||
3918 | This function free()s a LHASH structure. If there is malloced | ||
3919 | data in the hash table, it will not be freed. Consider using the | ||
3920 | lh_doall function to deallocate any remaining entries in the hash | ||
3921 | table. | ||
3922 | |||
3923 | char *lh_insert( | ||
3924 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3925 | char *data); | ||
3926 | This function inserts the data pointed to by data into the lh hash | ||
3927 | table. If there is already and entry in the hash table entry, the | ||
3928 | value being replaced is returned. A NULL is returned if the new | ||
3929 | entry does not clash with an entry already in the table (the normal | ||
3930 | case) or on a malloc() failure (perhaps I should change this....). | ||
3931 | The 'char *data' is exactly what is passed to the hash and | ||
3932 | comparison functions specified in lh_new(). | ||
3933 | |||
3934 | char *lh_delete( | ||
3935 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3936 | char *data); | ||
3937 | This routine deletes an entry from the hash table. The value being | ||
3938 | deleted is returned. NULL is returned if there is no such value in | ||
3939 | the hash table. | ||
3940 | |||
3941 | char *lh_retrieve( | ||
3942 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3943 | char *data); | ||
3944 | If 'data' is in the hash table it is returned, else NULL is | ||
3945 | returned. The way these routines would normally be uses is that a | ||
3946 | dummy structure would have key fields populated and then | ||
3947 | ret=lh_retrieve(hash,&dummy);. Ret would now be a pointer to a fully | ||
3948 | populated structure. | ||
3949 | |||
3950 | void lh_doall( | ||
3951 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3952 | void (*func)(char *a)); | ||
3953 | This function will, for every entry in the hash table, call function | ||
3954 | 'func' with the data item as parameters. | ||
3955 | This function can be quite useful when used as follows. | ||
3956 | void cleanup(STUFF *a) | ||
3957 | { STUFF_free(a); } | ||
3958 | lh_doall(hash,cleanup); | ||
3959 | lh_free(hash); | ||
3960 | This can be used to free all the entries, lh_free() then | ||
3961 | cleans up the 'buckets' that point to nothing. Be careful | ||
3962 | when doing this. If you delete entries from the hash table, | ||
3963 | in the call back function, the table may decrease in size, | ||
3964 | moving item that you are | ||
3965 | currently on down lower in the hash table. This could cause | ||
3966 | some entries to be skipped. The best solution to this problem | ||
3967 | is to set lh->down_load=0 before you start. This will stop | ||
3968 | the hash table ever being decreased in size. | ||
3969 | |||
3970 | void lh_doall_arg( | ||
3971 | LHASH *lh; | ||
3972 | void(*func)(char *a,char *arg)); | ||
3973 | char *arg; | ||
3974 | This function is the same as lh_doall except that the function | ||
3975 | called will be passed 'arg' as the second argument. | ||
3976 | |||
3977 | unsigned long lh_strhash( | ||
3978 | char *c); | ||
3979 | This function is a demo string hashing function. Since the LHASH | ||
3980 | routines would normally be passed structures, this routine would | ||
3981 | not normally be passed to lh_new(), rather it would be used in the | ||
3982 | function passed to lh_new(). | ||
3983 | |||
3984 | The next three routines print out various statistics about the state of the | ||
3985 | passed hash table. These numbers are all kept in the lhash structure. | ||
3986 | |||
3987 | void lh_stats( | ||
3988 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3989 | FILE *out); | ||
3990 | This function prints out statistics on the size of the hash table, | ||
3991 | how many entries are in it, and the number and result of calls to | ||
3992 | the routines in this library. | ||
3993 | |||
3994 | void lh_node_stats( | ||
3995 | LHASH *lh, | ||
3996 | FILE *out); | ||
3997 | For each 'bucket' in the hash table, the number of entries is | ||
3998 | printed. | ||
3999 | |||
4000 | void lh_node_usage_stats( | ||
4001 | LHASH *lh, | ||
4002 | FILE *out); | ||
4003 | This function prints out a short summary of the state of the hash | ||
4004 | table. It prints what I call the 'load' and the 'actual load'. | ||
4005 | The load is the average number of data items per 'bucket' in the | ||
4006 | hash table. The 'actual load' is the average number of items per | ||
4007 | 'bucket', but only for buckets which contain entries. So the | ||
4008 | 'actual load' is the average number of searches that will need to | ||
4009 | find an item in the hash table, while the 'load' is the average number | ||
4010 | that will be done to record a miss. | ||
4011 | |||
4012 | ==== md2.doc ======================================================== | ||
4013 | |||
4014 | The MD2 library. | ||
4015 | MD2 is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary | ||
4016 | length message down to a 16 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed | ||
4017 | a MD2_CTX which is used to hold the MD2 context during multiple MD2_Update() | ||
4018 | function calls. The normal method of use for this library is as follows | ||
4019 | |||
4020 | MD2_Init(...); | ||
4021 | MD2_Update(...); | ||
4022 | ... | ||
4023 | MD2_Update(...); | ||
4024 | MD2_Final(...); | ||
4025 | |||
4026 | This library requires the inclusion of 'md2.h'. | ||
4027 | |||
4028 | The main negative about MD2 is that it is slow, especially when compared | ||
4029 | to MD5. | ||
4030 | |||
4031 | The functions are as follows: | ||
4032 | |||
4033 | void MD2_Init( | ||
4034 | MD2_CTX *c); | ||
4035 | This function needs to be called to initiate a MD2_CTX structure for | ||
4036 | use. | ||
4037 | |||
4038 | void MD2_Update( | ||
4039 | MD2_CTX *c; | ||
4040 | unsigned char *data; | ||
4041 | unsigned long len); | ||
4042 | This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len' | ||
4043 | bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any | ||
4044 | length. | ||
4045 | |||
4046 | void MD2_Final( | ||
4047 | unsigned char *md; | ||
4048 | MD2_CTX *c; | ||
4049 | This function is called when a message digest of the data digested | ||
4050 | with MD2_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md' | ||
4051 | array and is MD2_DIGEST_LENGTH (16) bytes long. | ||
4052 | |||
4053 | unsigned char *MD2( | ||
4054 | unsigned long n; | ||
4055 | unsigned char *d; | ||
4056 | unsigned char *md; | ||
4057 | This function performs a MD2_Init(), followed by a MD2_Update() | ||
4058 | followed by a MD2_Final() (using a local MD2_CTX). | ||
4059 | The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL. | ||
4060 | Regardless of the value of 'md', the message | ||
4061 | digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message | ||
4062 | digest returned is being stored in a static structure. | ||
4063 | |||
4064 | ==== md5.doc ======================================================== | ||
4065 | |||
4066 | The MD5 library. | ||
4067 | MD5 is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary | ||
4068 | length message down to a 16 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed | ||
4069 | a MD5_CTX which is used to hold the MD5 context during multiple MD5_Update() | ||
4070 | function calls. This library also contains random number routines that are | ||
4071 | based on MD5 | ||
4072 | |||
4073 | The normal method of use for this library is as follows | ||
4074 | |||
4075 | MD5_Init(...); | ||
4076 | MD5_Update(...); | ||
4077 | ... | ||
4078 | MD5_Update(...); | ||
4079 | MD5_Final(...); | ||
4080 | |||
4081 | This library requires the inclusion of 'md5.h'. | ||
4082 | |||
4083 | The functions are as follows: | ||
4084 | |||
4085 | void MD5_Init( | ||
4086 | MD5_CTX *c); | ||
4087 | This function needs to be called to initiate a MD5_CTX structure for | ||
4088 | use. | ||
4089 | |||
4090 | void MD5_Update( | ||
4091 | MD5_CTX *c; | ||
4092 | unsigned char *data; | ||
4093 | unsigned long len); | ||
4094 | This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len' | ||
4095 | bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any | ||
4096 | length. | ||
4097 | |||
4098 | void MD5_Final( | ||
4099 | unsigned char *md; | ||
4100 | MD5_CTX *c; | ||
4101 | This function is called when a message digest of the data digested | ||
4102 | with MD5_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md' | ||
4103 | array and is MD5_DIGEST_LENGTH (16) bytes long. | ||
4104 | |||
4105 | unsigned char *MD5( | ||
4106 | unsigned char *d; | ||
4107 | unsigned long n; | ||
4108 | unsigned char *md; | ||
4109 | This function performs a MD5_Init(), followed by a MD5_Update() | ||
4110 | followed by a MD5_Final() (using a local MD5_CTX). | ||
4111 | The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL. | ||
4112 | Regardless of the value of 'md', the message | ||
4113 | digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message | ||
4114 | digest returned is being stored in a static structure. | ||
4115 | |||
4116 | |||
4117 | ==== memory.doc ======================================================== | ||
4118 | |||
4119 | In the interests of debugging SSLeay, there is an option to compile | ||
4120 | using some simple memory leak checking. | ||
4121 | |||
4122 | All malloc(), free() and realloc() calls in SSLeay now go via | ||
4123 | Malloc(), Free() and Realloc() (except those in crypto/lhash). | ||
4124 | |||
4125 | If CRYPTO_MDEBUG is defined, these calls are #defined to | ||
4126 | CRYPTO_malloc(), CRYPTO_free() and CRYPTO_realloc(). | ||
4127 | If it is not defined, they are #defined to malloc(), free() and realloc(). | ||
4128 | |||
4129 | the CRYPTO_malloc() routines by default just call the underlying library | ||
4130 | functons. | ||
4131 | |||
4132 | If CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_ON) is called, memory leak detection is | ||
4133 | turned on. CRYPTO_mem_ctrl(CRYPTO_MEM_CHECK_OFF) turns it off. | ||
4134 | |||
4135 | When turned on, each Malloc() or Realloc() call is recored along with the file | ||
4136 | and line number from where the call was made. (This is done using the | ||
4137 | lhash library which always uses normal system malloc(3) routines). | ||
4138 | |||
4139 | void CRYPTO_mem_leaks(BIO *b); | ||
4140 | void CRYPTO_mem_leaks_fp(FILE *fp); | ||
4141 | These both print out the list of memory that has not been free()ed. | ||
4142 | This will probably be rather hard to read, but if you look for the 'top level' | ||
4143 | structure allocation, this will often give an idea as to what is not being | ||
4144 | free()ed. I don't expect people to use this stuff normally. | ||
4145 | |||
4146 | ==== ca.1 ======================================================== | ||
4147 | |||
4148 | From eay@orb.mincom.oz.au Thu Dec 28 23:56:45 1995 | ||
4149 | Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA07374 | ||
4150 | (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Thu, 28 Dec 1995 13:56:45 +1000 | ||
4151 | Date: Thu, 28 Dec 1995 13:56:45 +1000 (EST) | ||
4152 | From: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au> | ||
4153 | X-Sender: eay@orb | ||
4154 | To: sameer <sameer@c2.org> | ||
4155 | Cc: ssleay@mincom.oz.au | ||
4156 | Subject: Re: 'ca' | ||
4157 | In-Reply-To: <199512230440.UAA23410@infinity.c2.org> | ||
4158 | Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.951228133525.7269A-100000@orb> | ||
4159 | Mime-Version: 1.0 | ||
4160 | Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII | ||
4161 | Status: RO | ||
4162 | X-Status: | ||
4163 | |||
4164 | On Fri, 22 Dec 1995, sameer wrote: | ||
4165 | > I could use documentation on 'ca'. Thanks. | ||
4166 | |||
4167 | Very quickly. | ||
4168 | The ca program uses the ssleay.conf file for most of its configuration | ||
4169 | |||
4170 | ./ca -help | ||
4171 | |||
4172 | -verbose - Talk alot while doing things | ||
4173 | -config file - A config file. If you don't want to use the | ||
4174 | default config file | ||
4175 | -name arg - The particular CA definition to use | ||
4176 | In the config file, the section to use for parameters. This lets | ||
4177 | multiple setups to be contained in the one file. By default, the | ||
4178 | default_ca variable is looked up in the [ ca ] section. So in the | ||
4179 | shipped ssleay.conf, the CA definition used is CA_default. It could be | ||
4180 | any other name. | ||
4181 | -gencrl days - Generate a new CRL, days is when the next CRL is due | ||
4182 | This will generate a new certificate revocion list. | ||
4183 | -days arg - number of days to certify the certificate for | ||
4184 | When certifiying certificates, this is the number of days to use. | ||
4185 | -md arg - md to use, one of md2, md5, sha or sha1 | ||
4186 | -policy arg - The CA 'policy' to support | ||
4187 | I'll describe this later, but there are 2 policies definied in the | ||
4188 | shipped ssleay.conf | ||
4189 | -keyfile arg - PEM RSA private key file | ||
4190 | -key arg - key to decode the RSA private key if it is encrypted | ||
4191 | since we need to keep the CA's RSA key encrypted | ||
4192 | -cert - The CA certificate | ||
4193 | -in file - The input PEM encoded certificate request(s) | ||
4194 | -out file - Where to put the output file(s) | ||
4195 | -outdir dir - Where to put output certificates | ||
4196 | The -out options concatinates all the output certificied | ||
4197 | certificates to one file, -outdir puts them in a directory, | ||
4198 | named by serial number. | ||
4199 | -infiles .... - The last argument, requests to process | ||
4200 | The certificate requests to process, -in is the same. | ||
4201 | |||
4202 | Just about all the above have default values defined in ssleay.conf. | ||
4203 | |||
4204 | The key variables in ssleay.conf are (for the pariticular '-name' being | ||
4205 | used, in the default, it is CA_default). | ||
4206 | |||
4207 | dir is where all the CA database stuff is kept. | ||
4208 | certs is where all the previously issued certificates are kept. | ||
4209 | The database is a simple text database containing the following tab separated | ||
4210 | fields. | ||
4211 | status: a value of 'R' - revoked, 'E' -expired or 'V' valid. | ||
4212 | issued date: When the certificate was certified. | ||
4213 | revoked date: When it was revoked, blank if not revoked. | ||
4214 | serial number: The certificate serial number. | ||
4215 | certificate: Where the certificate is located. | ||
4216 | CN: The name of the certificate. | ||
4217 | |||
4218 | The demo file has quite a few made up values it it. The last 2 were | ||
4219 | added by the ca program and are acurate. | ||
4220 | The CA program does not update the 'certificate' file correctly right now. | ||
4221 | The serial field should be unique as should the CN/status combination. | ||
4222 | The ca program checks these at startup. What still needs to be | ||
4223 | wrtten is a program to 'regenerate' the data base file from the issued | ||
4224 | certificate list (and a CRL list). | ||
4225 | |||
4226 | Back to the CA_default variables. | ||
4227 | |||
4228 | Most of the variables are commented. | ||
4229 | |||
4230 | policy is the default policy. | ||
4231 | |||
4232 | Ok for policies, they define the order and which fields must be present | ||
4233 | in the certificate request and what gets filled in. | ||
4234 | |||
4235 | So a value of | ||
4236 | countryName = match | ||
4237 | means that the country name must match the CA certificate. | ||
4238 | organizationalUnitName = optional | ||
4239 | The org.Unit,Name does not have to be present and | ||
4240 | commonName = supplied | ||
4241 | commonName must be supplied in the certificate request. | ||
4242 | |||
4243 | For the 'policy_match' polocy, the order of the attributes in the | ||
4244 | generated certiticate would be | ||
4245 | countryName | ||
4246 | stateOrProvinceName | ||
4247 | organizationName | ||
4248 | organizationalUnitName | ||
4249 | commonName | ||
4250 | emailAddress | ||
4251 | |||
4252 | Have a play, it sort of makes sense. If you think about how the persona | ||
4253 | requests operate, it is similar to the 'policy_match' policy and the | ||
4254 | 'policy_anything' is similar to what versign is doing. | ||
4255 | |||
4256 | I hope this helps a bit. Some backend scripts are definitly needed to | ||
4257 | update the database and to make certificate revocion easy. All | ||
4258 | certificates issued should also be kept forever (or until they expire?) | ||
4259 | |||
4260 | hope this helps | ||
4261 | eric (who has to run off an buy some cheap knee pads for the caving in 4 | ||
4262 | days time :-) | ||
4263 | |||
4264 | -- | ||
4265 | Eric Young | Signature removed since it was generating | ||
4266 | AARNet: eay@mincom.oz.au | more followups than the message contents :-) | ||
4267 | |||
4268 | |||
4269 | ==== ms3-ca.doc ======================================================== | ||
4270 | |||
4271 | Date: Mon, 9 Jun 97 08:00:33 +0200 | ||
4272 | From: Holger.Reif@PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE (Holger Reif) | ||
4273 | Subject: ms3-ca.doc | ||
4274 | Organization: TU Ilmenau, Fak. IA, FG Telematik | ||
4275 | Content-Length: 14575 | ||
4276 | Status: RO | ||
4277 | X-Status: | ||
4278 | |||
4279 | Loading client certs into MSIE 3.01 | ||
4280 | =================================== | ||
4281 | |||
4282 | This document conatains all the information necessary to succesfully set up | ||
4283 | some scripts to issue client certs to Microsoft Internet Explorer. It | ||
4284 | includes the required knowledge about the model MSIE uses for client | ||
4285 | certification and includes complete sample scripts ready to play with. The | ||
4286 | scripts were tested against a modified ca program of SSLeay 0.6.6 and should | ||
4287 | work with the regular ca program that comes with version 0.8.0. I haven't | ||
4288 | tested against MSIE 4.0 | ||
4289 | |||
4290 | You can use the information contained in this document in either way you | ||
4291 | want. However if you feel it saved you a lot of time I ask you to be as fair | ||
4292 | as to mention my name: Holger Reif <reif@prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de>. | ||
4293 | |||
4294 | 1.) The model used by MSIE | ||
4295 | -------------------------- | ||
4296 | |||
4297 | The Internet Explorer doesn't come with a embedded engine for installing | ||
4298 | client certs like Netscape's Navigator. It rather uses the CryptoAPI (CAPI) | ||
4299 | defined by Microsoft. CAPI comes with WindowsNT 4.0 or is installed together | ||
4300 | with Internet Explorer since 3.01. The advantage of this approach is a higher | ||
4301 | flexibility because the certificates in the (per user) system open | ||
4302 | certificate store may be used by other applications as well. The drawback | ||
4303 | however is that you need to do a bit more work to get a client cert issued. | ||
4304 | |||
4305 | CAPI defines functions which will handle basic cryptographic work, eg. | ||
4306 | generating keys, encrypting some data, signing text or building a certificate | ||
4307 | request. The procedure is as follows: A CAPI function generates you a key | ||
4308 | pair and saves it into the certificate store. After that one builds a | ||
4309 | Distinguished Name. Together with that key pair another CAPI function forms a | ||
4310 | PKCS#10 request which you somehow need to submit to a CA. Finally the issued | ||
4311 | cert is given to a yet another CAPI function which saves it into the | ||
4312 | certificate store. | ||
4313 | |||
4314 | The certificate store with the user's keys and certs is in the registry. You | ||
4315 | will find it under HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/Microsoft/Cryptography/ (I | ||
4316 | leave it to you as a little exercise to figure out what all the entries mean | ||
4317 | ;-). Note that the keys are protected only with the user's usual Windows | ||
4318 | login password. | ||
4319 | |||
4320 | 2.) The practical usage | ||
4321 | ----------------------- | ||
4322 | |||
4323 | Unfortunatly since CAPI is a system API you can't access its functions from | ||
4324 | HTML code directly. For this purpose Microsoft provides a wrapper called | ||
4325 | certenr3.dll. This DLL accesses the CAPI functions and provides an interface | ||
4326 | usable from Visual Basic Script. One needs to install that library on the | ||
4327 | computer which wants to have client cert. The easiest way is to load it as an | ||
4328 | ActiveX control (certenr3.dll is properly authenticode signed by MS ;-). If | ||
4329 | you have ever enrolled e cert request at a CA you will have installed it. | ||
4330 | |||
4331 | At time of writing certenr3.dll is contained in | ||
4332 | http://www.microsoft.com/workshop/prog/security/csa/certenr3.exe. It comes | ||
4333 | with an README file which explains the available functions. It is labeled | ||
4334 | beta but every CA seems to use it anyway. The license.txt allows you the | ||
4335 | usage for your own purposes (as far as I understood) and a somehow limited | ||
4336 | distribution. | ||
4337 | |||
4338 | The two functions of main interest are GenerateKeyPair and AcceptCredentials. | ||
4339 | For complete explanation of all possible parameters see the README file. Here | ||
4340 | are only minimal required parameters and their values. | ||
4341 | |||
4342 | GenerateKeyPair(sessionID, FASLE, szName, 0, "ClientAuth", TRUE, FALSE, 1) | ||
4343 | - sessionID is a (locally to that computer) unique string to correlate the | ||
4344 | generated key pair with a cert installed later. | ||
4345 | - szName is the DN of the form "C=DE; S=Thueringen; L=Ilmenau; CN=Holger | ||
4346 | Reif; 1.2.840.113549.1.9.1=reif@prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de". Note that S is the | ||
4347 | abreviation for StateOrProvince. The recognized abreviation include CN, O, C, | ||
4348 | OU, G, I, L, S, T. If the abreviation is unknown (eg. for PKCS#9 email addr) | ||
4349 | you need to use the full object identifier. The starting point for searching | ||
4350 | them could be crypto/objects.h since all OIDs know to SSLeay are listed | ||
4351 | there. | ||
4352 | - note: the possible ninth parameter which should give a default name to the | ||
4353 | certificate storage location doesn't seem to work. Changes to the constant | ||
4354 | values in the call above doesn't seem to make sense. You can't generate | ||
4355 | PKCS#10 extensions with that function. | ||
4356 | |||
4357 | The result of GenerateKeyPair is the base64 encoded PKCS#10 request. However | ||
4358 | it has a little strange format that SSLeay doesn't accept. (BTW I feel the | ||
4359 | decision of rejecting that format as standard conforming.) It looks like | ||
4360 | follows: | ||
4361 | 1st line with 76 chars | ||
4362 | 2nd line with 76 chars | ||
4363 | ... | ||
4364 | (n-2)th line with 76 chars | ||
4365 | (n-1)th line contains a multiple of 4 chars less then 76 (possible | ||
4366 | empty) | ||
4367 | (n)th line has zero or 4 chars (then with 1 or 2 equal signs - the | ||
4368 | original text's lenght wasn'T a multiple of 3) | ||
4369 | The line separator has two chars: 0x0d 0x0a | ||
4370 | |||
4371 | AcceptCredentials(sessionID, credentials, 0, FALSE) | ||
4372 | - sessionID needs to be the same as while generating the key pair | ||
4373 | - credentials is the base64 encoded PKCS#7 object containing the cert. | ||
4374 | |||
4375 | CRL's and CA certs are not required simply just the client cert. (It seems to | ||
4376 | me that both are not even checked somehow.) The only format of the base64 | ||
4377 | encoded object I succesfully used was all characters in a very long string | ||
4378 | without line feeds or carriage returns. (Hey, it doesn't matter, only a | ||
4379 | computer reads it!) | ||
4380 | |||
4381 | The result should be S_OK. For error handling see the example that comes with | ||
4382 | certenr3.dll. | ||
4383 | |||
4384 | A note about ASN.1 character encodings. certenr3.dll seems to know only about | ||
4385 | 2 of them: UniversalString and PrintableString. First it is definitely wrong | ||
4386 | for an email address which is IA5STRING (checked by ssleay's ca). Second | ||
4387 | unfortunately MSIE (at least until version 3.02) can't handle UniversalString | ||
4388 | correctly - they just blow up you cert store! Therefore ssleay's ca (starting | ||
4389 | from version 0.8.0) tries to convert the encodings automatically to IA5STRING | ||
4390 | or TeletexString. The beef is it will work only for the latin-1 (western) | ||
4391 | charset. Microsoft still has to do abit of homework... | ||
4392 | |||
4393 | 3.) An example | ||
4394 | -------------- | ||
4395 | |||
4396 | At least you need two steps: generating the key & request and then installing | ||
4397 | the certificate. A real world CA would have some more steps involved, eg. | ||
4398 | accepting some license. Note that both scripts shown below are just | ||
4399 | experimental state without any warrenty! | ||
4400 | |||
4401 | First how to generate a request. Note that we can't use a static page because | ||
4402 | of the sessionID. I generate it from system time plus pid and hope it is | ||
4403 | unique enough. Your are free to feed it through md5 to get more impressive | ||
4404 | ID's ;-) Then the intended text is read in with sed which inserts the | ||
4405 | sessionID. | ||
4406 | |||
4407 | -----BEGIN ms-enroll.cgi----- | ||
4408 | #!/bin/sh | ||
4409 | SESSION_ID=`date '+%y%m%d%H%M%S'`$$ | ||
4410 | echo Content-type: text/html | ||
4411 | echo | ||
4412 | sed s/template_for_sessId/$SESSION_ID/ <<EOF | ||
4413 | <HTML><HEAD> | ||
4414 | <TITLE>Certificate Enrollment Test Page</TITLE> | ||
4415 | </HEAD><BODY> | ||
4416 | |||
4417 | <OBJECT | ||
4418 | classid="clsid:33BEC9E0-F78F-11cf-B782-00C04FD7BF43" | ||
4419 | codebase=certenr3.dll | ||
4420 | id=certHelper | ||
4421 | > | ||
4422 | </OBJECT> | ||
4423 | |||
4424 | <CENTER> | ||
4425 | <H2>enrollment for a personal cert</H2> | ||
4426 | <BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P> | ||
4427 | <FORM NAME="MSIE_Enrollment" ACTION="ms-gencert.cgi" ENCTYPE=x-www-form- | ||
4428 | encoded METHOD=POST> | ||
4429 | <TABLE> | ||
4430 | <TR><TD>Country</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Country" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4431 | <TR><TD>State</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="StateOrProvince" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4432 | <TR><TD>Location</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Location" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4433 | <TR><TD>Organization</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="Organization" | ||
4434 | VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4435 | <TR><TD>Organizational Unit</TD> | ||
4436 | <TD><INPUT NAME="OrganizationalUnit" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4437 | <TR><TD>Name</TD><TD><INPUT NAME="CommonName" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4438 | <TR><TD>eMail Address</TD> | ||
4439 | <TD><INPUT NAME="EmailAddress" VALUE=""></TD></TR> | ||
4440 | <TR><TD></TD> | ||
4441 | <TD><INPUT TYPE="BUTTON" NAME="submit" VALUE="Beantragen"></TD></TR> | ||
4442 | </TABLE> | ||
4443 | <INPUT TYPE="hidden" NAME="SessionId" VALUE="template_for_sessId"> | ||
4444 | <INPUT TYPE="hidden" NAME="Request" VALUE=""> | ||
4445 | </FORM> | ||
4446 | <BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P> | ||
4447 | </CENTER> | ||
4448 | |||
4449 | <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=VBS> | ||
4450 | Dim DN | ||
4451 | |||
4452 | Sub Submit_OnClick | ||
4453 | Dim TheForm | ||
4454 | Set TheForm = Document.MSIE_Enrollment | ||
4455 | sessionId = TheForm.SessionId.value | ||
4456 | reqHardware = FALSE | ||
4457 | C = TheForm.Country.value | ||
4458 | SP = TheForm.StateOrProvince.value | ||
4459 | L = TheForm.Location.value | ||
4460 | O = TheForm.Organization.value | ||
4461 | OU = TheForm.OrganizationalUnit.value | ||
4462 | CN = TheForm.CommonName.value | ||
4463 | Email = TheForm.EmailAddress.value | ||
4464 | szPurpose = "ClientAuth" | ||
4465 | doAcceptanceUINow = FALSE | ||
4466 | doOnline = TRUE | ||
4467 | |||
4468 | DN = "" | ||
4469 | |||
4470 | Call Add_RDN("C", C) | ||
4471 | Call Add_RDN("S", SP) | ||
4472 | Call Add_RDN("L", L) | ||
4473 | Call Add_RDN("O", O) | ||
4474 | Call Add_RDN("OU", OU) | ||
4475 | Call Add_RDN("CN", CN) | ||
4476 | Call Add_RDN("1.2.840.113549.1.9.1", Email) | ||
4477 | ' rsadsi | ||
4478 | ' pkcs | ||
4479 | ' pkcs9 | ||
4480 | ' eMailAddress | ||
4481 | On Error Resume Next | ||
4482 | sz10 = certHelper.GenerateKeyPair(sessionId, _ | ||
4483 | FALSE, DN, 0, ClientAuth, FASLE, TRUE, 1)_ | ||
4484 | theError = Err.Number | ||
4485 | On Error Goto 0 | ||
4486 | if (sz10 = Empty OR theError <> 0) Then | ||
4487 | sz = "The error '" & Hex(theError) & "' occurred." & chr(13) & _ | ||
4488 | chr(10) & "Your credentials could not be generated." | ||
4489 | result = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Enrollment") | ||
4490 | Exit Sub | ||
4491 | else | ||
4492 | TheForm.Request.value = sz10 | ||
4493 | TheForm.Submit | ||
4494 | end if | ||
4495 | End Sub | ||
4496 | |||
4497 | Sub Add_RDN(sn, value) | ||
4498 | if (value <> "") then | ||
4499 | if (DN <> "") then | ||
4500 | DN = DN & "; " | ||
4501 | end if | ||
4502 | DN = DN & sn & "=" & value | ||
4503 | end if | ||
4504 | End Sub | ||
4505 | </SCRIPT> | ||
4506 | </BODY> | ||
4507 | </HTML> | ||
4508 | EOF | ||
4509 | -----END ms-enroll.cgi----- | ||
4510 | |||
4511 | Second, how to extract the request and feed the certificate back? We need to | ||
4512 | "normalize" the base64 encoding of the PKCS#10 format which means | ||
4513 | regenerating the lines and wrapping with BEGIN and END line. This is done by | ||
4514 | gawk. The request is taken by ca the normal way. Then the cert needs to be | ||
4515 | packed into a PKCS#7 structure (note: the use of a CRL is necessary for | ||
4516 | crl2pkcs7 as of version 0.6.6. Starting with 0.8.0 it it might probably be | ||
4517 | ommited). Finally we need to format the PKCS#7 object and generate the HTML | ||
4518 | text. I use two templates to have a clearer script. | ||
4519 | |||
4520 | 1st note: postit2 is slightly modified from a program I found at ncsa's ftp | ||
4521 | site. Grab it from http://www.easterngraphics.com/certs/IX9704/postit2.c. You | ||
4522 | need utils.c from there too. | ||
4523 | |||
4524 | 2nd note: I'm note quite sure wether the gawk script really handles all | ||
4525 | possible inputs for the request right! Today I don't use this construction | ||
4526 | anymore myself. | ||
4527 | |||
4528 | 3d note: the cert must be of version 3! This could be done with the nsComment | ||
4529 | line in ssleay.cnf... | ||
4530 | |||
4531 | ------BEGIN ms-gencert.cgi----- | ||
4532 | #!/bin/sh | ||
4533 | FILE="/tmp/"`date '+%y%m%d%H%M%S'-`$$ | ||
4534 | rm -f "$FILE".* | ||
4535 | |||
4536 | HOME=`pwd`; export HOME # as ssleay.cnf insists on having such an env var | ||
4537 | cd /usr/local/ssl #where demoCA (as named in ssleay.conf) is located | ||
4538 | |||
4539 | postit2 -s " " -i 0x0d > "$FILE".inp # process the FORM vars | ||
4540 | |||
4541 | SESSION_ID=`gawk '$1 == "SessionId" { print $2; exit }' "$FILE".inp` | ||
4542 | |||
4543 | gawk \ | ||
4544 | 'BEGIN { \ | ||
4545 | OFS = ""; \ | ||
4546 | print "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----"; \ | ||
4547 | req_seen=0 \ | ||
4548 | } \ | ||
4549 | $1 == "Request" { \ | ||
4550 | req_seen=1; \ | ||
4551 | if (length($2) == 72) print($2); \ | ||
4552 | lastline=$2; \ | ||
4553 | next; \ | ||
4554 | } \ | ||
4555 | { \ | ||
4556 | if (req_seen == 1) { \ | ||
4557 | if (length($1) >= 72) print($1); \ | ||
4558 | else if (length(lastline) < 72) { \ | ||
4559 | req_seen=0; \ | ||
4560 | print (lastline,$1); \ | ||
4561 | } \ | ||
4562 | lastline=$1; \ | ||
4563 | } \ | ||
4564 | } \ | ||
4565 | END { \ | ||
4566 | print "-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----"; \ | ||
4567 | }' > "$FILE".pem < "$FILE".inp | ||
4568 | |||
4569 | ssleay ca -batch -in "$FILE".pem -key passwd -out "$FILE".out | ||
4570 | ssleay crl2pkcs7 -certfile "$FILE".out -out "$FILE".pkcs7 -in demoCA/crl.pem | ||
4571 | |||
4572 | sed s/template_for_sessId/$SESSION_ID/ <ms-enroll2a.html >"$FILE".cert | ||
4573 | /usr/local/bin/gawk \ | ||
4574 | 'BEGIN { \ | ||
4575 | OFS = ""; \ | ||
4576 | dq = sprintf("%c",34); \ | ||
4577 | } \ | ||
4578 | $0 ~ "PKCS7" { next; } \ | ||
4579 | { \ | ||
4580 | print dq$0dq" & _"; \ | ||
4581 | }' <"$FILE".pkcs7 >> "$FILE".cert | ||
4582 | cat ms-enroll2b.html >>"$FILE".cert | ||
4583 | |||
4584 | echo Content-type: text/html | ||
4585 | echo Content-length: `wc -c "$FILE".cert` | ||
4586 | echo | ||
4587 | cat "$FILE".cert | ||
4588 | rm -f "$FILE".* | ||
4589 | -----END ms-gencert.cgi----- | ||
4590 | |||
4591 | ----BEGIN ms-enroll2a.html---- | ||
4592 | <HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Certificate Acceptance Test Page</TITLE></HEAD><BODY> | ||
4593 | |||
4594 | <OBJECT | ||
4595 | classid="clsid:33BEC9E0-F78F-11cf-B782-00C04FD7BF43" | ||
4596 | codebase=certenr3.dll | ||
4597 | id=certHelper | ||
4598 | > | ||
4599 | </OBJECT> | ||
4600 | |||
4601 | <CENTER> | ||
4602 | <H2>Your personal certificate</H2> | ||
4603 | <BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR><P> | ||
4604 | Press the button! | ||
4605 | <P><INPUT TYPE=BUTTON VALUE="Nimm mich!" NAME="InstallCert"> | ||
4606 | </CENTER> | ||
4607 | <BR><HR WIDTH=50%><BR> | ||
4608 | |||
4609 | <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=VBS> | ||
4610 | Sub InstallCert_OnClick | ||
4611 | |||
4612 | sessionId = "template_for_sessId" | ||
4613 | credentials = "" & _ | ||
4614 | ----END ms-enroll2a.html---- | ||
4615 | |||
4616 | ----BEGIN ms-enroll2b.html---- | ||
4617 | "" | ||
4618 | On Error Resume Next | ||
4619 | result = certHelper.AcceptCredentials(sessionId, credentials, 0, | ||
4620 | FALSE) | ||
4621 | if (IsEmpty(result)) Then | ||
4622 | sz = "The error '" & Err.Number & "' occurred." & chr(13) & | ||
4623 | chr(10) & "This Digital ID could not be registered." | ||
4624 | msgOut = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Registration Error") | ||
4625 | navigate "error.html" | ||
4626 | else | ||
4627 | sz = "Digital ID successfully registered." | ||
4628 | msgOut = MsgBox(sz, 0, "Credentials Registration") | ||
4629 | navigate "success.html" | ||
4630 | end if | ||
4631 | Exit Sub | ||
4632 | End Sub | ||
4633 | </SCRIPT> | ||
4634 | </BODY> | ||
4635 | </HTML> | ||
4636 | ----END ms-enroll2b.html---- | ||
4637 | |||
4638 | 4.) What do do with the cert? | ||
4639 | ----------------------------- | ||
4640 | |||
4641 | The cert is visible (without restarting MSIE) under the following menu: | ||
4642 | View->Options->Security->Personal certs. You can examine it's contents at | ||
4643 | least partially. | ||
4644 | |||
4645 | To use it for client authentication you need to use SSL3.0 (fortunately | ||
4646 | SSLeay supports it with 0.8.0). Furthermore MSIE is told to only supports a | ||
4647 | kind of automatic selection of certs (I personally wasn't able to test it | ||
4648 | myself). But there is a requirement that the issuer of the server cert and | ||
4649 | the issuer of the client cert needs to be the same (according to a developer | ||
4650 | from MS). Which means: you need may more then one cert to talk to all | ||
4651 | servers... | ||
4652 | |||
4653 | I'm sure we will get a bit more experience after ApacheSSL is available for | ||
4654 | SSLeay 0.8.8. | ||
4655 | |||
4656 | |||
4657 | I hope you enjoyed reading and that in future questions on this topic will | ||
4658 | rarely appear on ssl-users@moncom.com ;-) | ||
4659 | |||
4660 | Ilmenau, 9th of June 1997 | ||
4661 | Holger Reif <reif@prakinf.tu-ilmenau.de> | ||
4662 | -- | ||
4663 | read you later - Holger Reif | ||
4664 | ---------------------------------------- Signaturprojekt Deutsche Einheit | ||
4665 | TU Ilmenau - Informatik - Telematik (Verdamp lang her) | ||
4666 | Holger.Reif@PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE Alt wie ein Baum werden, um ueber | ||
4667 | http://Remus.PrakInf.TU-Ilmenau.DE/Reif/ alle 7 Bruecken gehen zu koennen | ||
4668 | |||
4669 | |||
4670 | ==== ns-ca.doc ======================================================== | ||
4671 | |||
4672 | The following documentation was supplied by Jeff Barber, who provided the | ||
4673 | patch to the CA program to add this functionality. | ||
4674 | |||
4675 | eric | ||
4676 | -- | ||
4677 | Jeff Barber Email: jeffb@issl.atl.hp.com | ||
4678 | |||
4679 | Hewlett Packard Phone: (404) 648-9503 | ||
4680 | Internet and System Security Lab Fax: (404) 648-9516 | ||
4681 | |||
4682 | oo | ||
4683 | ---------------------cut /\ here for ns-ca.doc ------------------------------ | ||
4684 | |||
4685 | This document briefly describes how to use SSLeay to implement a | ||
4686 | certificate authority capable of dynamically serving up client | ||
4687 | certificates for version 3.0 beta 5 (and presumably later) versions of | ||
4688 | the Netscape Navigator. Before describing how this is done, it's | ||
4689 | important to understand a little about how the browser implements its | ||
4690 | client certificate support. This is documented in some detail in the | ||
4691 | URLs based at <URL:http://home.netscape.com/eng/security/certs.html>. | ||
4692 | Here's a brief overview: | ||
4693 | |||
4694 | - The Navigator supports a new HTML tag "KEYGEN" which will cause | ||
4695 | the browser to generate an RSA key pair when you submit a form | ||
4696 | containing the tag. The public key, along with an optional | ||
4697 | challenge (supposedly provided for use in certificate revocation | ||
4698 | but I don't use it) is signed, DER-encoded, base-64 encoded | ||
4699 | and sent to the web server as the value of the variable | ||
4700 | whose NAME is provided in the KEYGEN tag. The private key is | ||
4701 | stored by the browser in a local key database. | ||
4702 | |||
4703 | This "Signed Public Key And Challenge" (SPKAC) arrives formatted | ||
4704 | into 64 character lines (which are of course URL-encoded when | ||
4705 | sent via HTTP -- i.e. spaces, newlines and most punctuatation are | ||
4706 | encoded as "%HH" where HH is the hex equivalent of the ASCII code). | ||
4707 | Note that the SPKAC does not contain the other usual attributes | ||
4708 | of a certificate request, especially the subject name fields. | ||
4709 | These must be otherwise encoded in the form for submission along | ||
4710 | with the SPKAC. | ||
4711 | |||
4712 | - Either immediately (in response to this form submission), or at | ||
4713 | some later date (a real CA will probably verify your identity in | ||
4714 | some way before issuing the certificate), a web server can send a | ||
4715 | certificate based on the public key and other attributes back to | ||
4716 | the browser by encoding it in DER (the binary form) and sending it | ||
4717 | to the browser as MIME type: | ||
4718 | "Content-type: application/x-x509-user-cert" | ||
4719 | |||
4720 | The browser uses the public key encoded in the certificate to | ||
4721 | associate the certificate with the appropriate private key in | ||
4722 | its local key database. Now, the certificate is "installed". | ||
4723 | |||
4724 | - When a server wants to require authentication based on client | ||
4725 | certificates, it uses the right signals via the SSL protocol to | ||
4726 | trigger the Navigator to ask you which certificate you want to | ||
4727 | send. Whether the certificate is accepted is dependent on CA | ||
4728 | certificates and so forth installed in the server and is beyond | ||
4729 | the scope of this document. | ||
4730 | |||
4731 | |||
4732 | Now, here's how the SSLeay package can be used to provide client | ||
4733 | certficates: | ||
4734 | |||
4735 | - You prepare a file for input to the SSLeay ca application. | ||
4736 | The file contains a number of "name = value" pairs that identify | ||
4737 | the subject. The names here are the same subject name component | ||
4738 | identifiers used in the CA section of the lib/ssleay.conf file, | ||
4739 | such as "emailAddress", "commonName" "organizationName" and so | ||
4740 | forth. Both the long version and the short version (e.g. "Email", | ||
4741 | "CN", "O") can be used. | ||
4742 | |||
4743 | One more name is supported: this one is "SPKAC". Its value | ||
4744 | is simply the value of the base-64 encoded SPKAC sent by the | ||
4745 | browser (with all the newlines and other space charaters | ||
4746 | removed -- and newline escapes are NOT supported). | ||
4747 | |||
4748 | [ As of SSLeay 0.6.4, multiple lines are supported. | ||
4749 | Put a \ at the end of each line and it will be joined with the | ||
4750 | previous line with the '\n' removed - eay ] | ||
4751 | |||
4752 | Here's a sample input file: | ||
4753 | |||
4754 | C = US | ||
4755 | SP = Georgia | ||
4756 | O = Some Organization, Inc. | ||
4757 | OU = Netscape Compatibility Group | ||
4758 | CN = John X. Doe | ||
4759 | Email = jxdoe@someorg.com | ||
4760 | SPKAC = MIG0MGAwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAwmk6FMJ4uAVIYbcvIOx5+bDGTfvL8X5gE+R67ccMk6rCSGbVQz2cetyQtnI+VIs0NwdD6wjuSuVtVFbLoHonowIDAQABFgAwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQADQQBFZDUWFl6BJdomtN1Bi53mwijy1rRgJ4YirF15yBEDM3DjAQkKXHYOIX+qpz4KXKnl6EYxTnGSFL5wWt8X2iyx | ||
4761 | |||
4762 | - You execute the ca command (either from a CGI program run out of | ||
4763 | the web server, or as a later manual task) giving it the above | ||
4764 | file as input. For example, if the file were named /tmp/cert.req, | ||
4765 | you'd run: | ||
4766 | $SSLDIR/bin/ca -spkac /tmp/cert.req -out /tmp/cert | ||
4767 | |||
4768 | The output is in DER format (binary) if a -out argument is | ||
4769 | provided, as above; otherwise, it's in the PEM format (base-64 | ||
4770 | encoded DER). Also, the "-batch" switch is implied by the | ||
4771 | "-spkac" so you don't get asked whether to complete the signing | ||
4772 | (probably it shouldn't work this way but I was only interested | ||
4773 | in hacking together an online CA that could be used for issuing | ||
4774 | test certificates). | ||
4775 | |||
4776 | The "-spkac" capability doesn't support multiple files (I think). | ||
4777 | |||
4778 | Any CHALLENGE provided in the SPKAC is simply ignored. | ||
4779 | |||
4780 | The interactions between the identification fields you provide | ||
4781 | and those identified in your lib/ssleay.conf are the same as if | ||
4782 | you did an ordinary "ca -in infile -out outfile" -- that is, if | ||
4783 | something is marked as required in the ssleay.conf file and it | ||
4784 | isn't found in the -spkac file, the certificate won't be issued. | ||
4785 | |||
4786 | - Now, you pick up the output from /tmp/cert and pass it back to | ||
4787 | the Navigator prepending the Content-type string described earlier. | ||
4788 | |||
4789 | - In order to run the ca command out of a CGI program, you must | ||
4790 | provide a password to decrypt the CA's private key. You can | ||
4791 | do this by using "echo MyKeyPassword | $SSLDIR/bin/ca ..." | ||
4792 | I think there's a way to not encrypt the key file in the first | ||
4793 | place, but I didn't see how to do that, so I made a small change | ||
4794 | to the library that allows the password to be accepted from a pipe. | ||
4795 | Either way is UTTERLY INSECURE and a real CA would never do that. | ||
4796 | |||
4797 | [ You can use the 'ssleay rsa' command to remove the password | ||
4798 | from the private key, or you can use the '-key' option to the | ||
4799 | ca command to specify the decryption key on the command line | ||
4800 | or use the -nodes option when generating the key. | ||
4801 | ca will try to clear the command line version of the password | ||
4802 | but for quite a few operating systems, this is not possible. | ||
4803 | - eric ] | ||
4804 | |||
4805 | So, what do you have to do to make use of this stuff to create an online | ||
4806 | demo CA capability with SSLeay? | ||
4807 | |||
4808 | 1 Create an HTML form for your users. The form should contain | ||
4809 | fields for all of the required or optional fields in ssleay.conf. | ||
4810 | The form must contain a KEYGEN tag somewhere with at least a NAME | ||
4811 | attribute. | ||
4812 | |||
4813 | 2 Create a CGI program to process the form input submitted by the | ||
4814 | browser. The CGI program must URL-decode the variables and create | ||
4815 | the file described above, containing subject identification info | ||
4816 | as well as the SPKAC block. It should then run the the ca program | ||
4817 | with the -spkac option. If it works (check the exit status), | ||
4818 | return the new certificate with the appropriate MIME type. If not, | ||
4819 | return the output of the ca command with MIME type "text/plain". | ||
4820 | |||
4821 | 3 Set up your web server to accept connections signed by your demo | ||
4822 | CA. This probably involves obtaining the PEM-encoded CA certificate | ||
4823 | (ordinarily in $SSLDIR/CA/cacert.pem) and installing it into a | ||
4824 | server database. See your server manual for instructions. | ||
4825 | |||
4826 | |||
4827 | ==== obj.doc ======================================================== | ||
4828 | |||
4829 | The Object library. | ||
4830 | |||
4831 | As part of my Crypto library, I found I required a method of identifying various | ||
4832 | objects. These objects normally had 3 different values associated with | ||
4833 | them, a short text name, a long (or lower case) text name, and an | ||
4834 | ASN.1 Object Identifier (which is a sequence of numbers). | ||
4835 | This library contains a static list of objects and functions to lookup | ||
4836 | according to one type and to return the other types. | ||
4837 | |||
4838 | To use these routines, 'Object.h' needs to be included. | ||
4839 | |||
4840 | For each supported object, #define entries are defined as follows | ||
4841 | #define SN_Algorithm "Algorithm" | ||
4842 | #define LN_algorithm "algorithm" | ||
4843 | #define NID_algorithm 38 | ||
4844 | #define OBJ_algorithm 1L,3L,14L,3L,2L | ||
4845 | |||
4846 | SN_ stands for short name. | ||
4847 | LN_ stands for either long name or lowercase name. | ||
4848 | NID_ stands for Numeric ID. I each object has a unique NID and this | ||
4849 | should be used internally to identify objects. | ||
4850 | OBJ_ stands for ASN.1 Object Identifier or ASN1_OBJECT as defined in the | ||
4851 | ASN1 routines. These values are used in ASN1 encoding. | ||
4852 | |||
4853 | The following functions are to be used to return pointers into a static | ||
4854 | definition of these types. What this means is "don't try to free() any | ||
4855 | pointers returned from these functions. | ||
4856 | |||
4857 | ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_nid2obj( | ||
4858 | int n); | ||
4859 | Return the ASN1_OBJECT that corresponds to a NID of n. | ||
4860 | |||
4861 | char *OBJ_nid2ln( | ||
4862 | int n); | ||
4863 | Return the long/lower case name of the object represented by the | ||
4864 | NID of n. | ||
4865 | |||
4866 | char *OBJ_nid2sn( | ||
4867 | int n); | ||
4868 | Return the short name for the object represented by the NID of n. | ||
4869 | |||
4870 | ASN1_OBJECT *OBJ_dup( | ||
4871 | ASN1_OBJECT *o); | ||
4872 | Duplicate and return a new ASN1_OBJECT that is the same as the | ||
4873 | passed parameter. | ||
4874 | |||
4875 | int OBJ_obj2nid( | ||
4876 | ASN1_OBJECT *o); | ||
4877 | Given ASN1_OBJECT o, return the NID that corresponds. | ||
4878 | |||
4879 | int OBJ_ln2nid( | ||
4880 | char *s); | ||
4881 | Given the long/lower case name 's', return the NID of the object. | ||
4882 | |||
4883 | int OBJ_sn2nid( | ||
4884 | char *s); | ||
4885 | Given the short name 's', return the NID of the object. | ||
4886 | |||
4887 | char *OBJ_bsearch( | ||
4888 | char *key, | ||
4889 | char *base, | ||
4890 | int num, | ||
4891 | int size, | ||
4892 | int (*cmp)()); | ||
4893 | Since I have come across a few platforms that do not have the | ||
4894 | bsearch() function, OBJ_bsearch is my version of that function. | ||
4895 | Feel free to use this function, but you may as well just use the | ||
4896 | normal system bsearch(3) if it is present. This version also | ||
4897 | has tolerance of being passed NULL pointers. | ||
4898 | |||
4899 | ==== keys =========================================================== | ||
4900 | |||
4901 | EVP_PKEY_DSA | ||
4902 | EVP_PKEY_DSA2 | ||
4903 | EVP_PKEY_DSA3 | ||
4904 | EVP_PKEY_DSA4 | ||
4905 | |||
4906 | EVP_PKEY_RSA | ||
4907 | EVP_PKEY_RSA2 | ||
4908 | |||
4909 | valid DSA pkey types | ||
4910 | NID_dsa | ||
4911 | NID_dsaWithSHA | ||
4912 | NID_dsaWithSHA1 | ||
4913 | NID_dsaWithSHA1_2 | ||
4914 | |||
4915 | valid RSA pkey types | ||
4916 | NID_rsaEncryption | ||
4917 | NID_rsa | ||
4918 | |||
4919 | NID_dsaWithSHA NID_dsaWithSHA DSA SHA | ||
4920 | NID_dsa NID_dsaWithSHA1 DSA SHA1 | ||
4921 | NID_md2 NID_md2WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 MD2 | ||
4922 | NID_md5 NID_md5WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 MD5 | ||
4923 | NID_mdc2 NID_mdc2WithRSA RSA-none MDC2 | ||
4924 | NID_ripemd160 NID_ripemd160WithRSA RSA-pkcs1 RIPEMD160 | ||
4925 | NID_sha NID_shaWithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 SHA | ||
4926 | NID_sha1 NID_sha1WithRSAEncryption RSA-pkcs1 SHA1 | ||
4927 | |||
4928 | ==== rand.doc ======================================================== | ||
4929 | |||
4930 | My Random number library. | ||
4931 | |||
4932 | These routines can be used to generate pseudo random numbers and can be | ||
4933 | used to 'seed' the pseudo random number generator (RNG). The RNG make no | ||
4934 | effort to reproduce the same random number stream with each execution. | ||
4935 | Various other routines in the SSLeay library 'seed' the RNG when suitable | ||
4936 | 'random' input data is available. Read the section at the end for details | ||
4937 | on the design of the RNG. | ||
4938 | |||
4939 | void RAND_bytes( | ||
4940 | unsigned char *buf, | ||
4941 | int num); | ||
4942 | This routine puts 'num' random bytes into 'buf'. One should make | ||
4943 | sure RAND_seed() has been called before using this routine. | ||
4944 | |||
4945 | void RAND_seed( | ||
4946 | unsigned char *buf, | ||
4947 | int num); | ||
4948 | This routine adds more 'seed' data the RNG state. 'num' bytes | ||
4949 | are added to the RNG state, they are taken from 'buf'. This | ||
4950 | routine can be called with sensitive data such as user entered | ||
4951 | passwords. This sensitive data is in no way recoverable from | ||
4952 | the RAND library routines or state. Try to pass as much data | ||
4953 | from 'random' sources as possible into the RNG via this function. | ||
4954 | Also strongly consider using the RAND_load_file() and | ||
4955 | RAND_write_file() routines. | ||
4956 | |||
4957 | void RAND_cleanup(); | ||
4958 | When a program has finished with the RAND library, if it so | ||
4959 | desires, it can 'zero' all RNG state. | ||
4960 | |||
4961 | The following 3 routines are convenience routines that can be used to | ||
4962 | 'save' and 'restore' data from/to the RNG and it's state. | ||
4963 | Since the more 'random' data that is feed as seed data the better, why not | ||
4964 | keep it around between executions of the program? Of course the | ||
4965 | application should pass more 'random' data in via RAND_seed() and | ||
4966 | make sure no-one can read the 'random' data file. | ||
4967 | |||
4968 | char *RAND_file_name( | ||
4969 | char *buf, | ||
4970 | int size); | ||
4971 | This routine returns a 'default' name for the location of a 'rand' | ||
4972 | file. The 'rand' file should keep a sequence of random bytes used | ||
4973 | to initialise the RNG. The filename is put in 'buf'. Buf is 'size' | ||
4974 | bytes long. Buf is returned if things go well, if they do not, | ||
4975 | NULL is returned. The 'rand' file name is generated in the | ||
4976 | following way. First, if there is a 'RANDFILE' environment | ||
4977 | variable, it is returned. Second, if there is a 'HOME' environment | ||
4978 | variable, $HOME/.rand is returned. Third, NULL is returned. NULL | ||
4979 | is also returned if a buf would overflow. | ||
4980 | |||
4981 | int RAND_load_file( | ||
4982 | char *file, | ||
4983 | long number); | ||
4984 | This function 'adds' the 'file' into the RNG state. It does this by | ||
4985 | doing a RAND_seed() on the value returned from a stat() system call | ||
4986 | on the file and if 'number' is non-zero, upto 'number' bytes read | ||
4987 | from the file. The number of bytes passed to RAND_seed() is returned. | ||
4988 | |||
4989 | int RAND_write_file( | ||
4990 | char *file), | ||
4991 | RAND_write_file() writes N random bytes to the file 'file', where | ||
4992 | N is the size of the internal RND state (currently 1k). | ||
4993 | This is a suitable method of saving RNG state for reloading via | ||
4994 | RAND_load_file(). | ||
4995 | |||
4996 | What follows is a description of this RNG and a description of the rational | ||
4997 | behind it's design. | ||
4998 | |||
4999 | It should be noted that this RNG is intended to be used to generate | ||
5000 | 'random' keys for various ciphers including generation of DH and RSA keys. | ||
5001 | |||
5002 | It should also be noted that I have just created a system that I am happy with. | ||
5003 | It may be overkill but that does not worry me. I have not spent that much | ||
5004 | time on this algorithm so if there are glaring errors, please let me know. | ||
5005 | Speed has not been a consideration in the design of these routines. | ||
5006 | |||
5007 | First up I will state the things I believe I need for a good RNG. | ||
5008 | 1) A good hashing algorithm to mix things up and to convert the RNG 'state' | ||
5009 | to random numbers. | ||
5010 | 2) An initial source of random 'state'. | ||
5011 | 3) The state should be very large. If the RNG is being used to generate | ||
5012 | 4096 bit RSA keys, 2 2048 bit random strings are required (at a minimum). | ||
5013 | If your RNG state only has 128 bits, you are obviously limiting the | ||
5014 | search space to 128 bits, not 2048. I'm probably getting a little | ||
5015 | carried away on this last point but it does indicate that it may not be | ||
5016 | a bad idea to keep quite a lot of RNG state. It should be easier to | ||
5017 | break a cipher than guess the RNG seed data. | ||
5018 | 4) Any RNG seed data should influence all subsequent random numbers | ||
5019 | generated. This implies that any random seed data entered will have | ||
5020 | an influence on all subsequent random numbers generated. | ||
5021 | 5) When using data to seed the RNG state, the data used should not be | ||
5022 | extractable from the RNG state. I believe this should be a | ||
5023 | requirement because one possible source of 'secret' semi random | ||
5024 | data would be a private key or a password. This data must | ||
5025 | not be disclosed by either subsequent random numbers or a | ||
5026 | 'core' dump left by a program crash. | ||
5027 | 6) Given the same initial 'state', 2 systems should deviate in their RNG state | ||
5028 | (and hence the random numbers generated) over time if at all possible. | ||
5029 | 7) Given the random number output stream, it should not be possible to determine | ||
5030 | the RNG state or the next random number. | ||
5031 | |||
5032 | |||
5033 | The algorithm is as follows. | ||
5034 | |||
5035 | There is global state made up of a 1023 byte buffer (the 'state'), a | ||
5036 | working message digest ('md') and a counter ('count'). | ||
5037 | |||
5038 | Whenever seed data is added, it is inserted into the 'state' as | ||
5039 | follows. | ||
5040 | The input is chopped up into units of 16 bytes (or less for | ||
5041 | the last block). Each of these blocks is run through the MD5 | ||
5042 | message digest. The data passed to the MD5 digest is the | ||
5043 | current 'md', the same number of bytes from the 'state' | ||
5044 | (the location determined by in incremented looping index) as | ||
5045 | the current 'block' and the new key data 'block'. The result | ||
5046 | of this is kept in 'md' and also xored into the 'state' at the | ||
5047 | same locations that were used as input into the MD5. | ||
5048 | I believe this system addresses points 1 (MD5), 3 (the 'state'), | ||
5049 | 4 (via the 'md'), 5 (by the use of MD5 and xor). | ||
5050 | |||
5051 | When bytes are extracted from the RNG, the following process is used. | ||
5052 | For each group of 8 bytes (or less), we do the following, | ||
5053 | Input into MD5, the top 8 bytes from 'md', the byte that are | ||
5054 | to be overwritten by the random bytes and bytes from the | ||
5055 | 'state' (incrementing looping index). From this digest output | ||
5056 | (which is kept in 'md'), the top (upto) 8 bytes are | ||
5057 | returned to the caller and the bottom (upto) 8 bytes are xored | ||
5058 | into the 'state'. | ||
5059 | Finally, after we have finished 'generation' random bytes for the | ||
5060 | called, 'count' (which is incremented) and 'md' are fed into MD5 and | ||
5061 | the results are kept in 'md'. | ||
5062 | I believe the above addressed points 1 (use of MD5), 6 (by | ||
5063 | hashing into the 'state' the 'old' data from the caller that | ||
5064 | is about to be overwritten) and 7 (by not using the 8 bytes | ||
5065 | given to the caller to update the 'state', but they are used | ||
5066 | to update 'md'). | ||
5067 | |||
5068 | So of the points raised, only 2 is not addressed, but sources of | ||
5069 | random data will always be a problem. | ||
5070 | |||
5071 | |||
5072 | ==== rc2.doc ======================================================== | ||
5073 | |||
5074 | The RC2 library. | ||
5075 | |||
5076 | RC2 is a block cipher that operates on 64bit (8 byte) quantities. It | ||
5077 | uses variable size key, but 128bit (16 byte) key would normally be considered | ||
5078 | good. It can be used in all the modes that DES can be used. This | ||
5079 | library implements the ecb, cbc, cfb64, ofb64 modes. | ||
5080 | |||
5081 | I have implemented this library from an article posted to sci.crypt on | ||
5082 | 11-Feb-1996. I personally don't know how far to trust the RC2 cipher. | ||
5083 | While it is capable of having a key of any size, not much reseach has | ||
5084 | publically been done on it at this point in time (Apr-1996) | ||
5085 | since the cipher has only been public for a few months :-) | ||
5086 | It is of a similar speed to DES and IDEA, so unless it is required for | ||
5087 | meeting some standard (SSLv2, perhaps S/MIME), it would probably be advisable | ||
5088 | to stick to IDEA, or for the paranoid, Tripple DES. | ||
5089 | |||
5090 | Mind you, having said all that, I should mention that I just read alot and | ||
5091 | implement ciphers, I'm a 'babe in the woods' when it comes to evaluating | ||
5092 | ciphers :-). | ||
5093 | |||
5094 | For all calls that have an 'input' and 'output' variables, they can be the | ||
5095 | same. | ||
5096 | |||
5097 | This library requires the inclusion of 'rc2.h'. | ||
5098 | |||
5099 | All of the encryption functions take what is called an RC2_KEY as an | ||
5100 | argument. An RC2_KEY is an expanded form of the RC2 key. | ||
5101 | For all modes of the RC2 algorithm, the RC2_KEY used for | ||
5102 | decryption is the same one that was used for encryption. | ||
5103 | |||
5104 | The define RC2_ENCRYPT is passed to specify encryption for the functions | ||
5105 | that require an encryption/decryption flag. RC2_DECRYPT is passed to | ||
5106 | specify decryption. | ||
5107 | |||
5108 | Please note that any of the encryption modes specified in my DES library | ||
5109 | could be used with RC2. I have only implemented ecb, cbc, cfb64 and | ||
5110 | ofb64 for the following reasons. | ||
5111 | - ecb is the basic RC2 encryption. | ||
5112 | - cbc is the normal 'chaining' form for block ciphers. | ||
5113 | - cfb64 can be used to encrypt single characters, therefore input and output | ||
5114 | do not need to be a multiple of 8. | ||
5115 | - ofb64 is similar to cfb64 but is more like a stream cipher, not as | ||
5116 | secure (not cipher feedback) but it does not have an encrypt/decrypt mode. | ||
5117 | - If you want triple RC2, thats 384 bits of key and you must be totally | ||
5118 | obsessed with security. Still, if you want it, it is simple enough to | ||
5119 | copy the function from the DES library and change the des_encrypt to | ||
5120 | RC2_encrypt; an exercise left for the paranoid reader :-). | ||
5121 | |||
5122 | The functions are as follows: | ||
5123 | |||
5124 | void RC2_set_key( | ||
5125 | RC2_KEY *ks; | ||
5126 | int len; | ||
5127 | unsigned char *key; | ||
5128 | int bits; | ||
5129 | RC2_set_key converts an 'len' byte key into a RC2_KEY. | ||
5130 | A 'ks' is an expanded form of the 'key' which is used to | ||
5131 | perform actual encryption. It can be regenerated from the RC2 key | ||
5132 | so it only needs to be kept when encryption or decryption is about | ||
5133 | to occur. Don't save or pass around RC2_KEY's since they | ||
5134 | are CPU architecture dependent, 'key's are not. RC2 is an | ||
5135 | interesting cipher in that it can be used with a variable length | ||
5136 | key. 'len' is the length of 'key' to be used as the key. | ||
5137 | A 'len' of 16 is recomended. The 'bits' argument is an | ||
5138 | interesting addition which I only found out about in Aug 96. | ||
5139 | BSAFE uses this parameter to 'limit' the number of bits used | ||
5140 | for the key. To use the 'key' unmodified, set bits to 1024. | ||
5141 | This is what old versions of my RC2 library did (SSLeay 0.6.3). | ||
5142 | RSAs BSAFE library sets this parameter to be 128 if 128 bit | ||
5143 | keys are being used. So to be compatable with BSAFE, set it | ||
5144 | to 128, if you don't want to reduce RC2's key length, leave it | ||
5145 | at 1024. | ||
5146 | |||
5147 | void RC2_encrypt( | ||
5148 | unsigned long *data, | ||
5149 | RC2_KEY *key, | ||
5150 | int encrypt); | ||
5151 | This is the RC2 encryption function that gets called by just about | ||
5152 | every other RC2 routine in the library. You should not use this | ||
5153 | function except to implement 'modes' of RC2. I say this because the | ||
5154 | functions that call this routine do the conversion from 'char *' to | ||
5155 | long, and this needs to be done to make sure 'non-aligned' memory | ||
5156 | access do not occur. | ||
5157 | Data is a pointer to 2 unsigned long's and key is the | ||
5158 | RC2_KEY to use. Encryption or decryption is indicated by 'encrypt'. | ||
5159 | which can have the values RC2_ENCRYPT or RC2_DECRYPT. | ||
5160 | |||
5161 | void RC2_ecb_encrypt( | ||
5162 | unsigned char *in, | ||
5163 | unsigned char *out, | ||
5164 | RC2_KEY *key, | ||
5165 | int encrypt); | ||
5166 | This is the basic Electronic Code Book form of RC2 (in DES this | ||
5167 | mode is called Electronic Code Book so I'm going to use the term | ||
5168 | for rc2 as well. | ||
5169 | Input is encrypted into output using the key represented by | ||
5170 | key. Depending on the encrypt, encryption or | ||
5171 | decryption occurs. Input is 8 bytes long and output is 8 bytes. | ||
5172 | |||
5173 | void RC2_cbc_encrypt( | ||
5174 | unsigned char *in, | ||
5175 | unsigned char *out, | ||
5176 | long length, | ||
5177 | RC2_KEY *ks, | ||
5178 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
5179 | int encrypt); | ||
5180 | This routine implements RC2 in Cipher Block Chaining mode. | ||
5181 | Input, which should be a multiple of 8 bytes is encrypted | ||
5182 | (or decrypted) to output which will also be a multiple of 8 bytes. | ||
5183 | The number of bytes is in length (and from what I've said above, | ||
5184 | should be a multiple of 8). If length is not a multiple of 8, bad | ||
5185 | things will probably happen. ivec is the initialisation vector. | ||
5186 | This function updates iv after each call so that it can be passed to | ||
5187 | the next call to RC2_cbc_encrypt(). | ||
5188 | |||
5189 | void RC2_cfb64_encrypt( | ||
5190 | unsigned char *in, | ||
5191 | unsigned char *out, | ||
5192 | long length, | ||
5193 | RC2_KEY *schedule, | ||
5194 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
5195 | int *num, | ||
5196 | int encrypt); | ||
5197 | This is one of the more useful functions in this RC2 library, it | ||
5198 | implements CFB mode of RC2 with 64bit feedback. | ||
5199 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
5200 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
5201 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
5202 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
5203 | 'Encrypt' is used to indicate encryption or decryption. | ||
5204 | CFB64 mode operates by using the cipher to generate a stream | ||
5205 | of bytes which is used to encrypt the plain text. | ||
5206 | The cipher text is then encrypted to generate the next 64 bits to | ||
5207 | be xored (incrementally) with the next 64 bits of plain | ||
5208 | text. As can be seen from this, to encrypt or decrypt, | ||
5209 | the same 'cipher stream' needs to be generated but the way the next | ||
5210 | block of data is gathered for encryption is different for | ||
5211 | encryption and decryption. | ||
5212 | |||
5213 | void RC2_ofb64_encrypt( | ||
5214 | unsigned char *in, | ||
5215 | unsigned char *out, | ||
5216 | long length, | ||
5217 | RC2_KEY *schedule, | ||
5218 | unsigned char *ivec, | ||
5219 | int *num); | ||
5220 | This functions implements OFB mode of RC2 with 64bit feedback. | ||
5221 | This allows you to encrypt an arbitrary number of bytes, | ||
5222 | you do not require 8 byte padding. Each call to this | ||
5223 | routine will encrypt the input bytes to output and then update ivec | ||
5224 | and num. Num contains 'how far' we are though ivec. | ||
5225 | This is in effect a stream cipher, there is no encryption or | ||
5226 | decryption mode. | ||
5227 | |||
5228 | For reading passwords, I suggest using des_read_pw_string() from my DES library. | ||
5229 | To generate a password from a text string, I suggest using MD5 (or MD2) to | ||
5230 | produce a 16 byte message digest that can then be passed directly to | ||
5231 | RC2_set_key(). | ||
5232 | |||
5233 | ===== | ||
5234 | For more information about the specific RC2 modes in this library | ||
5235 | (ecb, cbc, cfb and ofb), read the section entitled 'Modes of DES' from the | ||
5236 | documentation on my DES library. What is said about DES is directly | ||
5237 | applicable for RC2. | ||
5238 | |||
5239 | |||
5240 | ==== rc4.doc ======================================================== | ||
5241 | |||
5242 | The RC4 library. | ||
5243 | RC4 is a stream cipher that operates on a byte stream. It can be used with | ||
5244 | any length key but I would recommend normally using 16 bytes. | ||
5245 | |||
5246 | This library requires the inclusion of 'rc4.h'. | ||
5247 | |||
5248 | The RC4 encryption function takes what is called an RC4_KEY as an argument. | ||
5249 | The RC4_KEY is generated by the RC4_set_key function from the key bytes. | ||
5250 | |||
5251 | RC4, being a stream cipher, does not have an encryption or decryption mode. | ||
5252 | It produces a stream of bytes that the input stream is xor'ed against and | ||
5253 | so decryption is just a case of 'encrypting' again with the same key. | ||
5254 | |||
5255 | I have only put in one 'mode' for RC4 which is the normal one. This means | ||
5256 | there is no initialisation vector and there is no feedback of the cipher | ||
5257 | text into the cipher. This implies that you should not ever use the | ||
5258 | same key twice if you can help it. If you do, you leave yourself open to | ||
5259 | known plain text attacks; if you know the plain text and | ||
5260 | corresponding cipher text in one message, all messages that used the same | ||
5261 | key can have the cipher text decoded for the corresponding positions in the | ||
5262 | cipher stream. | ||
5263 | |||
5264 | The main positive feature of RC4 is that it is a very fast cipher; about 4 | ||
5265 | times faster that DES. This makes it ideally suited to protocols where the | ||
5266 | key is randomly chosen, like SSL. | ||
5267 | |||
5268 | The functions are as follows: | ||
5269 | |||
5270 | void RC4_set_key( | ||
5271 | RC4_KEY *key; | ||
5272 | int len; | ||
5273 | unsigned char *data); | ||
5274 | This function initialises the RC4_KEY structure with the key passed | ||
5275 | in 'data', which is 'len' bytes long. The key data can be any | ||
5276 | length but 16 bytes seems to be a good number. | ||
5277 | |||
5278 | void RC4( | ||
5279 | RC4_KEY *key; | ||
5280 | unsigned long len; | ||
5281 | unsigned char *in; | ||
5282 | unsigned char *out); | ||
5283 | Do the actual RC4 encryption/decryption. Using the 'key', 'len' | ||
5284 | bytes are transformed from 'in' to 'out'. As mentioned above, | ||
5285 | decryption is the operation as encryption. | ||
5286 | |||
5287 | ==== ref.doc ======================================================== | ||
5288 | |||
5289 | I have lots more references etc, and will update this list in the future, | ||
5290 | 30 Aug 1996 - eay | ||
5291 | |||
5292 | |||
5293 | SSL The SSL Protocol - from Netscapes. | ||
5294 | |||
5295 | RC4 Newsgroups: sci.crypt | ||
5296 | From: sterndark@netcom.com (David Sterndark) | ||
5297 | Subject: RC4 Algorithm revealed. | ||
5298 | Message-ID: <sternCvKL4B.Hyy@netcom.com> | ||
5299 | |||
5300 | RC2 Newsgroups: sci.crypt | ||
5301 | From: pgut01@cs.auckland.ac.nz (Peter Gutmann) | ||
5302 | Subject: Specification for Ron Rivests Cipher No.2 | ||
5303 | Message-ID: <4fk39f$f70@net.auckland.ac.nz> | ||
5304 | |||
5305 | MD2 RFC1319 The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm | ||
5306 | MD5 RFC1321 The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm | ||
5307 | |||
5308 | X509 Certificates | ||
5309 | RFC1421 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part I | ||
5310 | RFC1422 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part II | ||
5311 | RFC1423 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part III | ||
5312 | RFC1424 Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part IV | ||
5313 | |||
5314 | RSA and various standard encoding | ||
5315 | PKCS#1 RSA Encryption Standard | ||
5316 | PKCS#5 Password-Based Encryption Standard | ||
5317 | PKCS#7 Cryptographic Message Syntax Standard | ||
5318 | A Layman's Guide to a Subset of ASN.1, BER, and DER | ||
5319 | An Overview of the PKCS Standards | ||
5320 | Some Examples of the PKCS Standards | ||
5321 | |||
5322 | IDEA Chapter 3 The Block Cipher IDEA | ||
5323 | |||
5324 | RSA, prime number generation and bignum algorithms | ||
5325 | Introduction To Algorithms, | ||
5326 | Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest, | ||
5327 | Section 29 Arithmetic Circuits | ||
5328 | Section 33 Number-Theoretic Algorithms | ||
5329 | |||
5330 | Fast Private Key algorithm | ||
5331 | Fast Decipherment Algorithm for RSA Public-Key Cryptosystem | ||
5332 | J.-J. Quisquater and C. Couvreur, Electronics Letters, | ||
5333 | 14th October 1982, Vol. 18 No. 21 | ||
5334 | |||
5335 | Prime number generation and bignum algorithms. | ||
5336 | PGP-2.3a | ||
5337 | |||
5338 | ==== rsa.doc ======================================================== | ||
5339 | |||
5340 | The RSA encryption and utility routines. | ||
5341 | |||
5342 | The RSA routines are built on top of a big number library (the BN library). | ||
5343 | There are support routines in the X509 library for loading and manipulating | ||
5344 | the various objects in the RSA library. When errors are returned, read | ||
5345 | about the ERR library for how to access the error codes. | ||
5346 | |||
5347 | All RSA encryption is done according to the PKCS-1 standard which is | ||
5348 | compatible with PEM and RSAref. This means that any values being encrypted | ||
5349 | must be less than the size of the modulus in bytes, minus 10, bytes long. | ||
5350 | |||
5351 | This library uses RAND_bytes()() for it's random data, make sure to feed | ||
5352 | RAND_seed() with lots of interesting and varied data before using these | ||
5353 | routines. | ||
5354 | |||
5355 | The RSA library has one specific data type, the RSA structure. | ||
5356 | It is composed of 8 BIGNUM variables (see the BN library for details) and | ||
5357 | can hold either a private RSA key or a public RSA key. | ||
5358 | Some RSA libraries have different structures for public and private keys, I | ||
5359 | don't. For my libraries, a public key is determined by the fact that the | ||
5360 | RSA->d value is NULL. These routines will operate on any size RSA keys. | ||
5361 | While I'm sure 4096 bit keys are very very secure, they take a lot longer | ||
5362 | to process that 1024 bit keys :-). | ||
5363 | |||
5364 | The function in the RSA library are as follows. | ||
5365 | |||
5366 | RSA *RSA_new(); | ||
5367 | This function creates a new RSA object. The sub-fields of the RSA | ||
5368 | type are also malloced so you should always use this routine to | ||
5369 | create RSA variables. | ||
5370 | |||
5371 | void RSA_free( | ||
5372 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5373 | This function 'frees' an RSA structure. This routine should always | ||
5374 | be used to free the RSA structure since it will also 'free' any | ||
5375 | sub-fields of the RSA type that need freeing. | ||
5376 | |||
5377 | int RSA_size( | ||
5378 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5379 | This function returns the size of the RSA modulus in bytes. Why do | ||
5380 | I need this you may ask, well the reason is that when you encrypt | ||
5381 | with RSA, the output string will be the size of the RSA modulus. | ||
5382 | So the output for the RSA_encrypt and the input for the RSA_decrypt | ||
5383 | routines need to be RSA_size() bytes long, because this is how many | ||
5384 | bytes are expected. | ||
5385 | |||
5386 | For the following 4 RSA encryption routines, it should be noted that | ||
5387 | RSA_private_decrypt() should be used on the output from | ||
5388 | RSA_public_encrypt() and RSA_public_decrypt() should be used on | ||
5389 | the output from RSA_private_encrypt(). | ||
5390 | |||
5391 | int RSA_public_encrypt( | ||
5392 | int from_len; | ||
5393 | unsigned char *from | ||
5394 | unsigned char *to | ||
5395 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5396 | This function implements RSA public encryption, the rsa variable | ||
5397 | should be a public key (but can be a private key). 'from_len' | ||
5398 | bytes taken from 'from' and encrypted and put into 'to'. 'to' needs | ||
5399 | to be at least RSA_size(rsa) bytes long. The number of bytes | ||
5400 | written into 'to' is returned. -1 is returned on an error. The | ||
5401 | operation performed is | ||
5402 | to = from^rsa->e mod rsa->n. | ||
5403 | |||
5404 | int RSA_private_encrypt( | ||
5405 | int from_len; | ||
5406 | unsigned char *from | ||
5407 | unsigned char *to | ||
5408 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5409 | This function implements RSA private encryption, the rsa variable | ||
5410 | should be a private key. 'from_len' bytes taken from | ||
5411 | 'from' and encrypted and put into 'to'. 'to' needs | ||
5412 | to be at least RSA_size(rsa) bytes long. The number of bytes | ||
5413 | written into 'to' is returned. -1 is returned on an error. The | ||
5414 | operation performed is | ||
5415 | to = from^rsa->d mod rsa->n. | ||
5416 | |||
5417 | int RSA_public_decrypt( | ||
5418 | int from_len; | ||
5419 | unsigned char *from | ||
5420 | unsigned char *to | ||
5421 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5422 | This function implements RSA public decryption, the rsa variable | ||
5423 | should be a public key (but can be a private key). 'from_len' | ||
5424 | bytes are taken from 'from' and decrypted. The decrypted data is | ||
5425 | put into 'to'. The number of bytes encrypted is returned. -1 is | ||
5426 | returned to indicate an error. The operation performed is | ||
5427 | to = from^rsa->e mod rsa->n. | ||
5428 | |||
5429 | int RSA_private_decrypt( | ||
5430 | int from_len; | ||
5431 | unsigned char *from | ||
5432 | unsigned char *to | ||
5433 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5434 | This function implements RSA private decryption, the rsa variable | ||
5435 | should be a private key. 'from_len' bytes are taken | ||
5436 | from 'from' and decrypted. The decrypted data is | ||
5437 | put into 'to'. The number of bytes encrypted is returned. -1 is | ||
5438 | returned to indicate an error. The operation performed is | ||
5439 | to = from^rsa->d mod rsa->n. | ||
5440 | |||
5441 | int RSA_mod_exp( | ||
5442 | BIGNUM *n; | ||
5443 | BIGNUM *p; | ||
5444 | RSA *rsa); | ||
5445 | Normally you will never use this routine. | ||
5446 | This is really an internal function which is called by | ||
5447 | RSA_private_encrypt() and RSA_private_decrypt(). It performs | ||
5448 | n=n^p mod rsa->n except that it uses the 5 extra variables in the | ||
5449 | RSA structure to make this more efficient. | ||
5450 | |||
5451 | RSA *RSA_generate_key( | ||
5452 | int bits; | ||
5453 | unsigned long e; | ||
5454 | void (*callback)(); | ||
5455 | char *cb_arg; | ||
5456 | This routine is used to generate RSA private keys. It takes | ||
5457 | quite a period of time to run and should only be used to | ||
5458 | generate initial private keys that should then be stored | ||
5459 | for later use. The passed callback function | ||
5460 | will be called periodically so that feedback can be given | ||
5461 | as to how this function is progressing. | ||
5462 | 'bits' is the length desired for the modulus, so it would be 1024 | ||
5463 | to generate a 1024 bit private key. | ||
5464 | 'e' is the value to use for the public exponent 'e'. Traditionally | ||
5465 | it is set to either 3 or 0x10001. | ||
5466 | The callback function (if not NULL) is called in the following | ||
5467 | situations. | ||
5468 | when we have generated a suspected prime number to test, | ||
5469 | callback(0,num1++,cb_arg). When it passes a prime number test, | ||
5470 | callback(1,num2++,cb_arg). When it is rejected as one of | ||
5471 | the 2 primes required due to gcd(prime,e value) != 0, | ||
5472 | callback(2,num3++,cb_arg). When finally accepted as one | ||
5473 | of the 2 primes, callback(3,num4++,cb_arg). | ||
5474 | |||
5475 | |||
5476 | ==== rsaref.doc ======================================================== | ||
5477 | |||
5478 | This package can be compiled to use the RSAref library. | ||
5479 | This library is not allowed outside of the USA but inside the USA it is | ||
5480 | claimed by RSA to be the only RSA public key library that can be used | ||
5481 | besides BSAFE.. | ||
5482 | |||
5483 | There are 2 files, rsaref/rsaref.c and rsaref/rsaref.h that contain the glue | ||
5484 | code to use RSAref. These files were written by looking at the PGP | ||
5485 | source code and seeing which routines it used to access RSAref. | ||
5486 | I have also been sent by some-one a copy of the RSAref header file that | ||
5487 | contains the library error codes. | ||
5488 | |||
5489 | [ Jun 1996 update - I have recently gotten hold of RSAref 2.0 from | ||
5490 | South Africa and have been doing some performace tests. ] | ||
5491 | |||
5492 | They have now been tested against the recently announced RSAEURO | ||
5493 | library. | ||
5494 | |||
5495 | There are 2 ways to use SSLeay and RSAref. First, to build so that | ||
5496 | the programs must be linked with RSAref, add '-DRSAref' to CFLAG in the top | ||
5497 | level makefile and -lrsaref (or where ever you are keeping RSAref) to | ||
5498 | EX_LIBS. | ||
5499 | |||
5500 | To build a makefile via util/mk1mf.pl to do this, use the 'rsaref' option. | ||
5501 | |||
5502 | The second method is to build as per normal and link applications with | ||
5503 | the RSAglue library. The correct library order would be | ||
5504 | cc -o cmd cmd.o -lssl -lRSAglue -lcrypto -lrsaref -ldes | ||
5505 | The RSAglue library is built in the rsa directory and is NOT | ||
5506 | automatically installed. | ||
5507 | |||
5508 | Be warned that the RSAEURO library, that is claimed to be compatible | ||
5509 | with RSAref contains a different value for the maximum number of bits | ||
5510 | supported. This changes structure sizes and so if you are using | ||
5511 | RSAEURO, change the value of RSAref_MAX_BITS in rsa/rsaref.h | ||
5512 | |||
5513 | |||
5514 | ==== s_mult.doc ======================================================== | ||
5515 | |||
5516 | s_mult is a test program I hacked up on a Sunday for testing non-blocking | ||
5517 | IO. It has a select loop at it's centre that handles multiple readers | ||
5518 | and writers. | ||
5519 | |||
5520 | Try the following command | ||
5521 | ssleay s_mult -echo -nbio -ssl -v | ||
5522 | echo - sends any sent text back to the sender | ||
5523 | nbio - turns on non-blocking IO | ||
5524 | ssl - accept SSL connections, default is normal text | ||
5525 | v - print lots | ||
5526 | type Q<cr> to quit | ||
5527 | |||
5528 | In another window, run the following | ||
5529 | ssleay s_client -pause </etc/termcap | ||
5530 | |||
5531 | The pause option puts in a 1 second pause in each read(2)/write(2) call | ||
5532 | so the other end will have read()s fail. | ||
5533 | |||
5534 | ==== session.doc ======================================================== | ||
5535 | |||
5536 | I have just checked over and re-worked the session stuff. | ||
5537 | The following brief example will ignore all setup information to do with | ||
5538 | authentication. | ||
5539 | |||
5540 | Things operate as follows. | ||
5541 | |||
5542 | The SSL environment has a 'context', a SSL_CTX structure. This holds the | ||
5543 | cached SSL_SESSIONS (which can be reused) and the certificate lookup | ||
5544 | information. Each SSL structure needs to be associated with a SSL_CTX. | ||
5545 | Normally only one SSL_CTX structure is needed per program. | ||
5546 | |||
5547 | SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(void ); | ||
5548 | void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *); | ||
5549 | These 2 functions create and destroy SSL_CTX structures | ||
5550 | |||
5551 | The SSL_CTX has a session_cache_mode which is by default, | ||
5552 | in SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER mode. What this means is that the library | ||
5553 | will automatically add new session-id's to the cache apon sucsessful | ||
5554 | SSL_accept() calls. | ||
5555 | If SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT is set, then client certificates are also added | ||
5556 | to the cache. | ||
5557 | SSL_set_session_cache_mode(ctx,mode) will set the 'mode' and | ||
5558 | SSL_get_session_cache_mode(ctx) will get the cache 'mode'. | ||
5559 | The modes can be | ||
5560 | SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF - no caching | ||
5561 | SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT - only SSL_connect() | ||
5562 | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER - only SSL_accept() | ||
5563 | SSL_SESS_NO_CACHE_BOTH - Either SSL_accept() or SSL_connect(). | ||
5564 | If SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR is set, old timed out sessions are | ||
5565 | not automatically removed each 255, SSL_connect()s or SSL_accept()s. | ||
5566 | |||
5567 | By default, apon every 255 successful SSL_connect() or SSL_accept()s, | ||
5568 | the cache is flush. Please note that this could be expensive on | ||
5569 | a heavily loaded SSL server, in which case, turn this off and | ||
5570 | clear the cache of old entries 'manually' (with one of the functions | ||
5571 | listed below) every few hours. Perhaps I should up this number, it is hard | ||
5572 | to say. Remember, the '255' new calls is just a mechanims to get called | ||
5573 | every now and then, in theory at most 255 new session-id's will have been | ||
5574 | added but if 100 are added every minute, you would still have | ||
5575 | 500 in the cache before any would start being flushed (assuming a 3 minute | ||
5576 | timeout).. | ||
5577 | |||
5578 | int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(SSL_CTX *ctx); | ||
5579 | int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(SSL_CTX *ctx); | ||
5580 | int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(SSL_CTX *ctx); | ||
5581 | These 3 functions return statistics about the SSL_CTX. These 3 are the | ||
5582 | number of session id reuses. hits is the number of reuses, misses are the | ||
5583 | number of lookups that failed, and timeouts is the number of cached | ||
5584 | entries ignored because they had timeouted. | ||
5585 | |||
5586 | ctx->new_session_cb is a function pointer to a function of type | ||
5587 | int new_session_callback(SSL *ssl,SSL_SESSION *new); | ||
5588 | This function, if set in the SSL_CTX structure is called whenever a new | ||
5589 | SSL_SESSION is added to the cache. If the callback returns non-zero, it | ||
5590 | means that the application will have to do a SSL_SESSION_free() | ||
5591 | on the structure (this is | ||
5592 | to do with the cache keeping the reference counts correct, without the | ||
5593 | application needing to know about it. | ||
5594 | The 'active' parameter is the current SSL session for which this connection | ||
5595 | was created. | ||
5596 | |||
5597 | void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,int (*cb)()); | ||
5598 | to set the callback, | ||
5599 | int (*cb)() SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx) | ||
5600 | to get the callback. | ||
5601 | |||
5602 | If the 'get session' callback is set, when a session id is looked up and | ||
5603 | it is not in the session-id cache, this callback is called. The callback is | ||
5604 | of the form | ||
5605 | SSL_SESSION *get_session_callback(unsigned char *sess_id,int sess_id_len, | ||
5606 | int *copy); | ||
5607 | |||
5608 | The get_session_callback is intended to return null if no session id is found. | ||
5609 | The reference count on the SSL_SESSION in incremented by the SSL library, | ||
5610 | if copy is 1. Otherwise, the reference count is not modified. | ||
5611 | |||
5612 | void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(ctx,cb) sets the callback and | ||
5613 | int (*cb)()SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(ctx) returns the callback. | ||
5614 | |||
5615 | These callbacks are basically indended to be used by processes to | ||
5616 | send their session-id's to other processes. I currently have not implemented | ||
5617 | non-blocking semantics for these callbacks, it is upto the appication | ||
5618 | to make the callbacks effiecent if they require blocking (perhaps | ||
5619 | by 'saving' them and then 'posting them' when control returns from | ||
5620 | the SSL_accept(). | ||
5621 | |||
5622 | LHASH *SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx) | ||
5623 | This returns the session cache. The lhash strucutre can be accessed for | ||
5624 | statistics about the cache. | ||
5625 | |||
5626 | void lh_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out); | ||
5627 | void lh_node_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out); | ||
5628 | void lh_node_usage_stats(LHASH *lh, FILE *out); | ||
5629 | |||
5630 | can be used to print details about it's activity and current state. | ||
5631 | You can also delve directly into the lhash structure for 14 different | ||
5632 | counters that are kept against the structure. When I wrote the lhash library, | ||
5633 | I was interested in gathering statistics :-). | ||
5634 | Have a read of doc/lhash.doc in the SSLeay distribution area for more details | ||
5635 | on the lhash library. | ||
5636 | |||
5637 | Now as mentioned ealier, when a SSL is created, it needs a SSL_CTX. | ||
5638 | SSL * SSL_new(SSL_CTX *); | ||
5639 | |||
5640 | This stores a session. A session is secret information shared between 2 | ||
5641 | SSL contexts. It will only be created if both ends of the connection have | ||
5642 | authenticated their peer to their satisfaction. It basically contains | ||
5643 | the information required to use a particular secret key cipher. | ||
5644 | |||
5645 | To retrieve the SSL_CTX being used by a SSL, | ||
5646 | SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(SSL *s); | ||
5647 | |||
5648 | Now when a SSL session is established between to programs, the 'session' | ||
5649 | information that is cached in the SSL_CTX can me manipulated by the | ||
5650 | following functions. | ||
5651 | int SSL_set_session(SSL *s, SSL_SESSION *session); | ||
5652 | This will set the SSL_SESSION to use for the next SSL_connect(). If you use | ||
5653 | this function on an already 'open' established SSL connection, 'bad things | ||
5654 | will happen'. This function is meaning-less when used on a ssl strucutre | ||
5655 | that is just about to be used in a SSL_accept() call since the | ||
5656 | SSL_accept() will either create a new session or retrieve one from the | ||
5657 | cache. | ||
5658 | |||
5659 | SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(SSL *s); | ||
5660 | This will return the SSL_SESSION for the current SSL, NULL if there is | ||
5661 | no session associated with the SSL structure. | ||
5662 | |||
5663 | The SSL sessions are kept in the SSL_CTX in a hash table, to remove a | ||
5664 | session | ||
5665 | void SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *,SSL_SESSION *c); | ||
5666 | and to add one | ||
5667 | int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *s, SSL_SESSION *c); | ||
5668 | SSL_CTX_add_session() returns 1 if the session was already in the cache (so it | ||
5669 | was not added). | ||
5670 | Whenever a new session is created via SSL_connect()/SSL_accept(), | ||
5671 | they are automatically added to the cache, depending on the session_cache_mode | ||
5672 | settings. SSL_set_session() | ||
5673 | does not add it to the cache. Just call SSL_CTX_add_session() if you do want the | ||
5674 | session added. For a 'client' this would not normally be the case. | ||
5675 | SSL_CTX_add_session() is not normally ever used, except for doing 'evil' things | ||
5676 | which the next 2 funtions help you do. | ||
5677 | |||
5678 | int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in,unsigned char **pp); | ||
5679 | SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a,unsigned char **pp,long length); | ||
5680 | These 2 functions are in the standard ASN1 library form and can be used to | ||
5681 | load and save to a byte format, the SSL_SESSION structure. | ||
5682 | With these functions, you can save and read these structures to a files or | ||
5683 | arbitary byte string. | ||
5684 | The PEM_write_SSL_SESSION(fp,x) and PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(fp,x,cb) will | ||
5685 | write to a file pointer in base64 encoding. | ||
5686 | |||
5687 | What you can do with this, is pass session information between separate | ||
5688 | processes. Please note, that you will probably also need to modify the | ||
5689 | timeout information on the SSL_SESSIONs. | ||
5690 | |||
5691 | long SSL_get_time(SSL_SESSION *s) | ||
5692 | will return the 'time' that the session | ||
5693 | was loaded. The timeout is relative to this time. This information is | ||
5694 | saved when the SSL_SESSION is converted to binarary but it is stored | ||
5695 | in as a unix long, which is rather OS dependant, but easy to convert back. | ||
5696 | |||
5697 | long SSL_set_time(SSL_SESSION *s,long t) will set the above mentioned time. | ||
5698 | The time value is just the value returned from time(3), and should really | ||
5699 | be defined by be to be time_t. | ||
5700 | |||
5701 | long SSL_get_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s); | ||
5702 | long SSL_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *s,long t); | ||
5703 | These 2 retrieve and set the timeout which is just a number of secconds | ||
5704 | from the 'SSL_get_time()' value. When this time period has elapesed, | ||
5705 | the session will no longer be in the cache (well it will actually be removed | ||
5706 | the next time it is attempted to be retrieved, so you could 'bump' | ||
5707 | the timeout so it remains valid). | ||
5708 | The 'time' and 'timeout' are set on a session when it is created, not reset | ||
5709 | each time it is reused. If you did wish to 'bump it', just after establishing | ||
5710 | a connection, do a | ||
5711 | SSL_set_time(ssl,time(NULL)); | ||
5712 | |||
5713 | You can also use | ||
5714 | SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx,unsigned long t) and | ||
5715 | SSL_CTX_get_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx) to manipulate the default timeouts for | ||
5716 | all SSL connections created against a SSL_CTX. If you set a timeout in | ||
5717 | an SSL_CTX, all new SSL's created will inherit the timeout. It can be over | ||
5718 | written by the SSL_set_timeout(SSL *s,unsigned long t) function call. | ||
5719 | If you 'set' the timeout back to 0, the system default will be used. | ||
5720 | |||
5721 | SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(); | ||
5722 | void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *ses); | ||
5723 | These 2 functions are used to create and dispose of SSL_SESSION functions. | ||
5724 | You should not ever normally need to use them unless you are using | ||
5725 | i2d_SSL_SESSION() and/or d2i_SSL_SESSION(). If you 'load' a SSL_SESSION | ||
5726 | via d2i_SSL_SESSION(), you will need to SSL_SESSION_free() it. | ||
5727 | Both SSL_set_session() and SSL_CTX_add_session() will 'take copies' of the | ||
5728 | structure (via reference counts) when it is passed to them. | ||
5729 | |||
5730 | SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,time); | ||
5731 | The first function will clear all sessions from the cache, which have expired | ||
5732 | relative to 'time' (which could just be time(NULL)). | ||
5733 | |||
5734 | SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,0); | ||
5735 | This is a special case that clears everything. | ||
5736 | |||
5737 | As a final comment, a 'session' is not enough to establish a new | ||
5738 | connection. If a session has timed out, a certificate and private key | ||
5739 | need to have been associated with the SSL structure. | ||
5740 | SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to,SSL *from); will copy not only the session | ||
5741 | strucutre but also the private key and certificate associated with | ||
5742 | 'from'. | ||
5743 | |||
5744 | EXAMPLES. | ||
5745 | |||
5746 | So lets play at being a wierd SSL server. | ||
5747 | |||
5748 | /* setup a context */ | ||
5749 | ctx=SSL_CTX_new(); | ||
5750 | |||
5751 | /* Lets load some session from binary into the cache, why one would do | ||
5752 | * this is not toally clear, but passing between programs does make sense | ||
5753 | * Perhaps you are using 4096 bit keys and are happy to keep them | ||
5754 | * valid for a week, to avoid the RSA overhead of 15 seconds, I'm not toally | ||
5755 | * sure, perhaps this is a process called from an SSL inetd and this is being | ||
5756 | * passed to the application. */ | ||
5757 | session=d2i_SSL_SESSION(....) | ||
5758 | SSL_CTX_add_session(ctx,session); | ||
5759 | |||
5760 | /* Lets even add a session from a file */ | ||
5761 | session=PEM_read_SSL_SESSION(....) | ||
5762 | SSL_CTX_add_session(ctx,session); | ||
5763 | |||
5764 | /* create a new SSL structure */ | ||
5765 | ssl=SSL_new(ctx); | ||
5766 | |||
5767 | /* At this point we want to be able to 'create' new session if | ||
5768 | * required, so we need a certificate and RSAkey. */ | ||
5769 | SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(ssl,...) | ||
5770 | SSL_use_certificate_file(ssl,...) | ||
5771 | |||
5772 | /* Now since we are a server, it make little sence to load a session against | ||
5773 | * the ssl strucutre since a SSL_accept() will either create a new session or | ||
5774 | * grab an existing one from the cache. */ | ||
5775 | |||
5776 | /* grab a socket descriptor */ | ||
5777 | fd=accept(...); | ||
5778 | |||
5779 | /* associated it with the ssl strucutre */ | ||
5780 | SSL_set_fd(ssl,fd); | ||
5781 | |||
5782 | SSL_accept(ssl); /* 'do' SSL using out cert and RSA key */ | ||
5783 | |||
5784 | /* Lets print out the session details or lets save it to a file, | ||
5785 | * perhaps with a secret key cipher, so that we can pass it to the FBI | ||
5786 | * when they want to decode the session :-). While we have RSA | ||
5787 | * this does not matter much but when I do SSLv3, this will allow a mechanism | ||
5788 | * for the server/client to record the information needed to decode | ||
5789 | * the traffic that went over the wire, even when using Diffie-Hellman */ | ||
5790 | PEM_write_SSL_SESSION(SSL_get_session(ssl),stdout,....) | ||
5791 | |||
5792 | Lets 'connect' back to the caller using the same session id. | ||
5793 | |||
5794 | ssl2=SSL_new(ctx); | ||
5795 | fd2=connect(them); | ||
5796 | SSL_set_fd(ssl2,fd2); | ||
5797 | SSL_set_session(ssl2,SSL_get_session(ssl)); | ||
5798 | SSL_connect(ssl2); | ||
5799 | |||
5800 | /* what the hell, lets accept no more connections using this session */ | ||
5801 | SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_get_SSL_CTX(ssl),SSL_get_session(ssl)); | ||
5802 | |||
5803 | /* we could have just as easily used ssl2 since they both are using the | ||
5804 | * same session. | ||
5805 | * You will note that both ssl and ssl2 are still using the session, and | ||
5806 | * the SSL_SESSION structure will be free()ed when both ssl and ssl2 | ||
5807 | * finish using the session. Also note that you could continue to initiate | ||
5808 | * connections using this session by doing SSL_get_session(ssl) to get the | ||
5809 | * existing session, but SSL_accept() will not be able to find it to | ||
5810 | * use for incoming connections. | ||
5811 | * Of corse, the session will timeout at the far end and it will no | ||
5812 | * longer be accepted after a while. The time and timeout are ignored except | ||
5813 | * by SSL_accept(). */ | ||
5814 | |||
5815 | /* Since we have had our server running for 10 weeks, and memory is getting | ||
5816 | * short, perhaps we should clear the session cache to remove those | ||
5817 | * 100000 session entries that have expired. Some may consider this | ||
5818 | * a memory leak :-) */ | ||
5819 | |||
5820 | SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,time(NULL)); | ||
5821 | |||
5822 | /* Ok, after a bit more time we wish to flush all sessions from the cache | ||
5823 | * so that all new connections will be authenticated and incure the | ||
5824 | * public key operation overhead */ | ||
5825 | |||
5826 | SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(ctx,0); | ||
5827 | |||
5828 | /* As a final note, to copy everything to do with a SSL, use */ | ||
5829 | SSL_copy_session_id(SSL *to,SSL *from); | ||
5830 | /* as this also copies the certificate and RSA key so new session can | ||
5831 | * be established using the same details */ | ||
5832 | |||
5833 | |||
5834 | ==== sha.doc ======================================================== | ||
5835 | |||
5836 | The SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) library. | ||
5837 | SHA is a message digest algorithm that can be used to condense an arbitrary | ||
5838 | length message down to a 20 byte hash. The functions all need to be passed | ||
5839 | a SHA_CTX which is used to hold the SHA context during multiple SHA_Update() | ||
5840 | function calls. The normal method of use for this library is as follows | ||
5841 | This library contains both SHA and SHA-1 digest algorithms. SHA-1 is | ||
5842 | an update to SHA (which should really be called SHA-0 now) which | ||
5843 | tweaks the algorithm slightly. The SHA-1 algorithm is used by simply | ||
5844 | using SHA1_Init(), SHA1_Update(), SHA1_Final() and SHA1() instead of the | ||
5845 | SHA*() calls | ||
5846 | |||
5847 | SHA_Init(...); | ||
5848 | SHA_Update(...); | ||
5849 | ... | ||
5850 | SHA_Update(...); | ||
5851 | SHA_Final(...); | ||
5852 | |||
5853 | This library requires the inclusion of 'sha.h'. | ||
5854 | |||
5855 | The functions are as follows: | ||
5856 | |||
5857 | void SHA_Init( | ||
5858 | SHA_CTX *c); | ||
5859 | This function needs to be called to initiate a SHA_CTX structure for | ||
5860 | use. | ||
5861 | |||
5862 | void SHA_Update( | ||
5863 | SHA_CTX *c; | ||
5864 | unsigned char *data; | ||
5865 | unsigned long len); | ||
5866 | This updates the message digest context being generated with 'len' | ||
5867 | bytes from the 'data' pointer. The number of bytes can be any | ||
5868 | length. | ||
5869 | |||
5870 | void SHA_Final( | ||
5871 | unsigned char *md; | ||
5872 | SHA_CTX *c; | ||
5873 | This function is called when a message digest of the data digested | ||
5874 | with SHA_Update() is wanted. The message digest is put in the 'md' | ||
5875 | array and is SHA_DIGEST_LENGTH (20) bytes long. | ||
5876 | |||
5877 | unsigned char *SHA( | ||
5878 | unsigned char *d; | ||
5879 | unsigned long n; | ||
5880 | unsigned char *md; | ||
5881 | This function performs a SHA_Init(), followed by a SHA_Update() | ||
5882 | followed by a SHA_Final() (using a local SHA_CTX). | ||
5883 | The resulting digest is put into 'md' if it is not NULL. | ||
5884 | Regardless of the value of 'md', the message | ||
5885 | digest is returned from the function. If 'md' was NULL, the message | ||
5886 | digest returned is being stored in a static structure. | ||
5887 | |||
5888 | |||
5889 | ==== speed.doc ======================================================== | ||
5890 | |||
5891 | To get an idea of the performance of this library, use | ||
5892 | ssleay speed | ||
5893 | |||
5894 | perl util/sp-diff.pl file1 file2 | ||
5895 | |||
5896 | will print out the relative differences between the 2 files which are | ||
5897 | expected to be the output from the speed program. | ||
5898 | |||
5899 | The performace of the library is very dependant on the Compiler | ||
5900 | quality and various flags used to build. | ||
5901 | |||
5902 | --- | ||
5903 | |||
5904 | These are some numbers I did comparing RSAref and SSLeay on a Pentium 100. | ||
5905 | [ These numbers are all out of date, as of SSL - 0.6.1 the RSA | ||
5906 | operations are about 2 times faster, so check the version number ] | ||
5907 | |||
5908 | RSA performance. | ||
5909 | |||
5910 | SSLeay 0.6.0 | ||
5911 | Pentium 100, 32meg, Windows NT Workstation 3.51 | ||
5912 | linux - gcc v 2.7.0 -O3 -fomit-frame-pointer -m486 | ||
5913 | and | ||
5914 | Windows NT - Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 4.1 - 586 code + 32bit assember | ||
5915 | Windows 3.1 - Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 1.52c - 286 code + 32bit assember | ||
5916 | NT Dos Shell- Windows NT 3.51 - Visual C++ 1.52c - 286 code + 16bit assember | ||
5917 | |||
5918 | Times are how long it takes to do an RSA private key operation. | ||
5919 | |||
5920 | 512bits 1024bits | ||
5921 | ------------------------------- | ||
5922 | SSLeay NT dll 0.042s 0.202s see above | ||
5923 | SSLeay linux 0.046s 0.218s Assember inner loops (normal build) | ||
5924 | SSLeay linux 0.067s 0.380s Pure C code with BN_LLONG defined | ||
5925 | SSLeay W3.1 dll 0.108s 0.478s see above | ||
5926 | SSLeay linux 0.109s 0.713s C without BN_LLONG. | ||
5927 | RSAref2.0 linux 0.149s 0.936s | ||
5928 | SSLeay MS-DOS 0.197s 1.049s see above | ||
5929 | |||
5930 | 486DX66, 32meg, Windows NT Server 3.51 | ||
5931 | 512bits 1024bits | ||
5932 | ------------------------------- | ||
5933 | SSLeay NT dll 0.084s 0.495s <- SSLeay 0.6.3 | ||
5934 | SSLeay NT dll 0.154s 0.882s | ||
5935 | SSLeay W3.1 dll 0.335s 1.538s | ||
5936 | SSLeay MS-DOS 0.490s 2.790s | ||
5937 | |||
5938 | What I find cute is that I'm still faster than RSAref when using standard C, | ||
5939 | without using the 'long long' data type :-), %35 faster for 512bit and we | ||
5940 | scale up to 3.2 times faster for the 'default linux' build. I should mention | ||
5941 | that people should 'try' to use either x86-lnx.s (elf), x86-lnxa.s or | ||
5942 | x86-sol.s for any x86 based unix they are building on. The only problems | ||
5943 | with be with syntax but the performance gain is quite large, especially for | ||
5944 | servers. The code is very simple, you just need to modify the 'header'. | ||
5945 | |||
5946 | The message is, if you are stuck using RSAref, the RSA performance will be | ||
5947 | bad. Considering the code was compiled for a pentium, the 486DX66 number | ||
5948 | would indicate 'Use RSAref and turn you Pentium 100 into a 486DX66' :-). | ||
5949 | [ As of verson 0.6.1, it would be correct to say 'turn you pentium 100 | ||
5950 | into a 486DX33' :-) ] | ||
5951 | |||
5952 | I won't tell people if the DLL's are using RSAref or my stuff if no-one | ||
5953 | asks :-). | ||
5954 | |||
5955 | eric | ||
5956 | |||
5957 | PS while I know I could speed things up further, I will probably not do | ||
5958 | so due to the effort involved. I did do some timings on the | ||
5959 | SSLeay bignum format -> RSAref number format conversion that occurs | ||
5960 | each time RSAref is used by SSLeay, and the numbers are trivial. | ||
5961 | 0.00012s a call for 512bit vs 0.149s for the time spent in the function. | ||
5962 | 0.00018s for 1024bit vs 0.938s. Insignificant. | ||
5963 | So the 'way to go', to support faster RSA libraries, if people are keen, | ||
5964 | is to write 'glue' code in a similar way that I do for RSAref and send it | ||
5965 | to me :-). | ||
5966 | My base library still has the advantage of being able to operate on | ||
5967 | any size numbers, and is not that far from the performance from the | ||
5968 | leaders in the field. (-%30?) | ||
5969 | [ Well as of 0.6.1 I am now the leader in the filed on x86 (we at | ||
5970 | least very close :-) ] | ||
5971 | |||
5972 | I suppose I should also mention some other numbers RSAref numbers, again | ||
5973 | on my Pentium. | ||
5974 | DES CBC EDE-DES MD5 | ||
5975 | RSAref linux 830k/s 302k/s 4390k/s | ||
5976 | SSLeay linux 855k/s 319k/s 10025k/s | ||
5977 | SSLeay NT 1158k/s 410k/s 10470k/s | ||
5978 | SSLeay w31 378k/s 143k/s 2383k/s (fully 16bit) | ||
5979 | |||
5980 | Got to admit that Visual C++ 4.[01] is a damn fine compiler :-) | ||
5981 | -- | ||
5982 | Eric Young | BOOL is tri-state according to Bill Gates. | ||
5983 | AARNet: eay@cryptsoft.com | RTFM Win32 GetMessage(). | ||
5984 | |||
5985 | |||
5986 | |||
5987 | |||
5988 | ==== ssl-ciph.doc ======================================================== | ||
5989 | |||
5990 | This is a quick high level summery of how things work now. | ||
5991 | |||
5992 | Each SSLv2 and SSLv3 cipher is composed of 4 major attributes plus a few extra | ||
5993 | minor ones. | ||
5994 | |||
5995 | They are 'The key exchange algorithm', which is RSA for SSLv2 but can also | ||
5996 | be Diffle-Hellman for SSLv3. | ||
5997 | |||
5998 | An 'Authenticion algorithm', which can be RSA, Diffle-Helman, DSS or | ||
5999 | none. | ||
6000 | |||
6001 | The cipher | ||
6002 | |||
6003 | The MAC digest. | ||
6004 | |||
6005 | A cipher can also be an export cipher and is either an SSLv2 or a | ||
6006 | SSLv3 ciphers. | ||
6007 | |||
6008 | To specify which ciphers to use, one can either specify all the ciphers, | ||
6009 | one at a time, or use 'aliases' to specify the preference and order for | ||
6010 | the ciphers. | ||
6011 | |||
6012 | There are a large number of aliases, but the most importaint are | ||
6013 | kRSA, kDHr, kDHd and kEDH for key exchange types. | ||
6014 | |||
6015 | aRSA, aDSS, aNULL and aDH for authentication | ||
6016 | DES, 3DES, RC4, RC2, IDEA and eNULL for ciphers | ||
6017 | MD5, SHA0 and SHA1 digests | ||
6018 | |||
6019 | Now where this becomes interesting is that these can be put together to | ||
6020 | specify the order and ciphers you wish to use. | ||
6021 | |||
6022 | To speed this up there are also aliases for certian groups of ciphers. | ||
6023 | The main ones are | ||
6024 | SSLv2 - all SSLv2 ciphers | ||
6025 | SSLv3 - all SSLv3 ciphers | ||
6026 | EXP - all export ciphers | ||
6027 | LOW - all low strngth ciphers (no export ciphers, normally single DES) | ||
6028 | MEDIUM - 128 bit encryption | ||
6029 | HIGH - Triple DES | ||
6030 | |||
6031 | These aliases can be joined in a : separated list which specifies to | ||
6032 | add ciphers, move them to the current location and delete them. | ||
6033 | |||
6034 | A simpler way to look at all of this is to use the 'ssleay ciphers -v' command. | ||
6035 | The default library cipher spec is | ||
6036 | !ADH:RC4+RSA:HIGH:MEDIUM:LOW:EXP:+SSLv2:+EXP | ||
6037 | which means, first, remove from consideration any ciphers that do not | ||
6038 | authenticate. Next up, use ciphers using RC4 and RSA. Next include the HIGH, | ||
6039 | MEDIUM and the LOW security ciphers. Finish up by adding all the export | ||
6040 | ciphers on the end, then 'pull' all the SSLv2 and export ciphers to | ||
6041 | the end of the list. | ||
6042 | |||
6043 | The results are | ||
6044 | $ ssleay ciphers -v '!ADH:RC4+RSA:HIGH:MEDIUM:LOW:EXP:+SSLv2:+EXP' | ||
6045 | |||
6046 | RC4-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6047 | RC4-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=MD5 | ||
6048 | EDH-RSA-DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6049 | EDH-DSS-DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=DSS Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6050 | DES-CBC3-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6051 | IDEA-CBC-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=IDEA(128) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6052 | EDH-RSA-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6053 | EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH Au=DSS Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6054 | DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=SHA1 | ||
6055 | DES-CBC3-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=3DES(168) Mac=MD5 | ||
6056 | DES-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=DES(56) Mac=MD5 | ||
6057 | IDEA-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=IDEA(128) Mac=MD5 | ||
6058 | RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC2(128) Mac=MD5 | ||
6059 | RC4-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=RC4(128) Mac=MD5 | ||
6060 | EXP-EDH-RSA-DES-CBC SSLv3 Kx=DH(512) Au=RSA Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export | ||
6061 | EXP-EDH-DSS-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=DH(512) Au=DSS Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export | ||
6062 | EXP-DES-CBC-SHA SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=DES(40) Mac=SHA1 export | ||
6063 | EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC2(40) Mac=MD5 export | ||
6064 | EXP-RC4-MD5 SSLv3 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC4(40) Mac=MD5 export | ||
6065 | EXP-RC2-CBC-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC2(40) Mac=MD5 export | ||
6066 | EXP-RC4-MD5 SSLv2 Kx=RSA(512) Au=RSA Enc=RC4(40) Mac=MD5 export | ||
6067 | |||
6068 | I would recoment people use the 'ssleay ciphers -v "text"' | ||
6069 | command to check what they are going to use. | ||
6070 | |||
6071 | Anyway, I'm falling asleep here so I'll do some more tomorrow. | ||
6072 | |||
6073 | eric | ||
6074 | |||
6075 | ==== ssl.doc ======================================================== | ||
6076 | |||
6077 | SSL_CTX_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx) - the session-id hash table. | ||
6078 | |||
6079 | /* Session-id cache stats */ | ||
6080 | SSL_CTX_sess_number | ||
6081 | SSL_CTX_sess_connect | ||
6082 | SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good | ||
6083 | SSL_CTX_sess_accept | ||
6084 | SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good | ||
6085 | SSL_CTX_sess_hits | ||
6086 | SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits | ||
6087 | SSL_CTX_sess_misses | ||
6088 | SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts | ||
6089 | |||
6090 | /* Session-id application notification callbacks */ | ||
6091 | SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb | ||
6092 | SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb | ||
6093 | SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb | ||
6094 | SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb | ||
6095 | |||
6096 | /* Session-id cache operation mode */ | ||
6097 | SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode | ||
6098 | SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode | ||
6099 | |||
6100 | /* Set default timeout values to use. */ | ||
6101 | SSL_CTX_set_timeout | ||
6102 | SSL_CTX_get_timeout | ||
6103 | |||
6104 | /* Global SSL initalisation informational callback */ | ||
6105 | SSL_CTX_set_info_callback | ||
6106 | SSL_CTX_get_info_callback | ||
6107 | SSL_set_info_callback | ||
6108 | SSL_get_info_callback | ||
6109 | |||
6110 | /* If the SSL_accept/SSL_connect returned with -1, these indicate when | ||
6111 | * we should re-call *. | ||
6112 | SSL_want | ||
6113 | SSL_want_nothing | ||
6114 | SSL_want_read | ||
6115 | SSL_want_write | ||
6116 | SSL_want_x509_lookup | ||
6117 | |||
6118 | /* Where we are in SSL initalisation, used in non-blocking, perhaps | ||
6119 | * have a look at ssl/bio_ssl.c */ | ||
6120 | SSL_state | ||
6121 | SSL_is_init_finished | ||
6122 | SSL_in_init | ||
6123 | SSL_in_connect_init | ||
6124 | SSL_in_accept_init | ||
6125 | |||
6126 | /* Used to set the 'inital' state so SSL_in_connect_init and SSL_in_accept_init | ||
6127 | * can be used to work out which function to call. */ | ||
6128 | SSL_set_connect_state | ||
6129 | SSL_set_accept_state | ||
6130 | |||
6131 | /* Where to look for certificates for authentication */ | ||
6132 | SSL_set_default_verify_paths /* calles SSL_load_verify_locations */ | ||
6133 | SSL_load_verify_locations | ||
6134 | |||
6135 | /* get info from an established connection */ | ||
6136 | SSL_get_session | ||
6137 | SSL_get_certificate | ||
6138 | SSL_get_SSL_CTX | ||
6139 | |||
6140 | SSL_CTX_new | ||
6141 | SSL_CTX_free | ||
6142 | SSL_new | ||
6143 | SSL_clear | ||
6144 | SSL_free | ||
6145 | |||
6146 | SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list | ||
6147 | SSL_get_cipher | ||
6148 | SSL_set_cipher_list | ||
6149 | SSL_get_cipher_list | ||
6150 | SSL_get_shared_ciphers | ||
6151 | |||
6152 | SSL_accept | ||
6153 | SSL_connect | ||
6154 | SSL_read | ||
6155 | SSL_write | ||
6156 | |||
6157 | SSL_debug | ||
6158 | |||
6159 | SSL_get_read_ahead | ||
6160 | SSL_set_read_ahead | ||
6161 | SSL_set_verify | ||
6162 | |||
6163 | SSL_pending | ||
6164 | |||
6165 | SSL_set_fd | ||
6166 | SSL_set_rfd | ||
6167 | SSL_set_wfd | ||
6168 | SSL_set_bio | ||
6169 | SSL_get_fd | ||
6170 | SSL_get_rbio | ||
6171 | SSL_get_wbio | ||
6172 | |||
6173 | SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey | ||
6174 | SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1 | ||
6175 | SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file | ||
6176 | SSL_use_PrivateKey | ||
6177 | SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1 | ||
6178 | SSL_use_PrivateKey_file | ||
6179 | SSL_use_certificate | ||
6180 | SSL_use_certificate_ASN1 | ||
6181 | SSL_use_certificate_file | ||
6182 | |||
6183 | ERR_load_SSL_strings | ||
6184 | SSL_load_error_strings | ||
6185 | |||
6186 | /* human readable version of the 'state' of the SSL connection. */ | ||
6187 | SSL_state_string | ||
6188 | SSL_state_string_long | ||
6189 | /* These 2 report what kind of IO operation the library was trying to | ||
6190 | * perform last. Probably not very usefull. */ | ||
6191 | SSL_rstate_string | ||
6192 | SSL_rstate_string_long | ||
6193 | |||
6194 | SSL_get_peer_certificate | ||
6195 | |||
6196 | SSL_SESSION_new | ||
6197 | SSL_SESSION_print_fp | ||
6198 | SSL_SESSION_print | ||
6199 | SSL_SESSION_free | ||
6200 | i2d_SSL_SESSION | ||
6201 | d2i_SSL_SESSION | ||
6202 | |||
6203 | SSL_get_time | ||
6204 | SSL_set_time | ||
6205 | SSL_get_timeout | ||
6206 | SSL_set_timeout | ||
6207 | SSL_copy_session_id | ||
6208 | SSL_set_session | ||
6209 | SSL_CTX_add_session | ||
6210 | SSL_CTX_remove_session | ||
6211 | SSL_CTX_flush_sessions | ||
6212 | |||
6213 | BIO_f_ssl | ||
6214 | |||
6215 | /* used to hold information as to why a certificate verification failed */ | ||
6216 | SSL_set_verify_result | ||
6217 | SSL_get_verify_result | ||
6218 | |||
6219 | /* can be used by the application to associate data with an SSL structure. | ||
6220 | * It needs to be 'free()ed' by the application */ | ||
6221 | SSL_set_app_data | ||
6222 | SSL_get_app_data | ||
6223 | |||
6224 | /* The following all set values that are kept in the SSL_CTX but | ||
6225 | * are used as the default values when an SSL session is created. | ||
6226 | * They are over writen by the relevent SSL_xxxx functions */ | ||
6227 | |||
6228 | /* SSL_set_verify */ | ||
6229 | void SSL_CTX_set_default_verify | ||
6230 | |||
6231 | /* This callback, if set, totaly overrides the normal SSLeay verification | ||
6232 | * functions and should return 1 on sucesss and 0 on failure */ | ||
6233 | void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback | ||
6234 | |||
6235 | /* The following are the same as the equivilent SSL_xxx functions. | ||
6236 | * Only one copy of this information is kept and if a particular | ||
6237 | * SSL structure has a local override, it is totally separate structure. | ||
6238 | */ | ||
6239 | int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey | ||
6240 | int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1 | ||
6241 | int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file | ||
6242 | int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey | ||
6243 | int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1 | ||
6244 | int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file | ||
6245 | int SSL_CTX_use_certificate | ||
6246 | int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1 | ||
6247 | int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file | ||
6248 | |||
6249 | |||
6250 | ==== ssl_ctx.doc ======================================================== | ||
6251 | |||
6252 | This is now a bit dated, quite a few of the SSL_ functions could be | ||
6253 | SSL_CTX_ functions. I will update this in the future. 30 Aug 1996 | ||
6254 | |||
6255 | From eay@orb.mincom.oz.au Mon Dec 11 21:37:08 1995 | ||
6256 | Received: by orb.mincom.oz.au id AA00696 | ||
6257 | (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 for eay); Mon, 11 Dec 1995 11:37:08 +1000 | ||
6258 | Date: Mon, 11 Dec 1995 11:37:08 +1000 (EST) | ||
6259 | From: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au> | ||
6260 | X-Sender: eay@orb | ||
6261 | To: sameer <sameer@c2.org> | ||
6262 | Cc: Eric Young <eay@mincom.oz.au> | ||
6263 | Subject: Re: PEM_readX509 oesn't seem to be working | ||
6264 | In-Reply-To: <199512110102.RAA12521@infinity.c2.org> | ||
6265 | Message-Id: <Pine.SOL.3.91.951211112115.28608D-100000@orb> | ||
6266 | Mime-Version: 1.0 | ||
6267 | Content-Type: TEXT/PLAIN; charset=US-ASCII | ||
6268 | Status: RO | ||
6269 | X-Status: | ||
6270 | |||
6271 | On Sun, 10 Dec 1995, sameer wrote: | ||
6272 | > OK, that's solved. I've found out that it is saying "no | ||
6273 | > certificate set" in SSL_accept because s->conn == NULL | ||
6274 | > so there is some place I need to initialize s->conn that I am | ||
6275 | > not initializing it. | ||
6276 | |||
6277 | The full order of things for a server should be. | ||
6278 | |||
6279 | ctx=SSL_CTX_new(); | ||
6280 | |||
6281 | /* The next line should not really be using ctx->cert but I'll leave it | ||
6282 | * this way right now... I don't want a X509_ routine to know about an SSL | ||
6283 | * structure, there should be an SSL_load_verify_locations... hmm, I may | ||
6284 | * add it tonight. | ||
6285 | */ | ||
6286 | X509_load_verify_locations(ctx->cert,CAfile,CApath); | ||
6287 | |||
6288 | /* Ok now for each new connection we do the following */ | ||
6289 | con=SSL_new(ctx); | ||
6290 | SSL_set_fd(con,s); | ||
6291 | SSL_set_verify(con,verify,verify_callback); | ||
6292 | |||
6293 | /* set the certificate and private key to use. */ | ||
6294 | SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(con,X509_certificate); | ||
6295 | SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(con,RSA_private_key); | ||
6296 | |||
6297 | SSL_accept(con); | ||
6298 | |||
6299 | SSL_read(con)/SSL_write(con); | ||
6300 | |||
6301 | There is a bit more than that but that is basically the structure. | ||
6302 | |||
6303 | Create a context and specify where to lookup certificates. | ||
6304 | |||
6305 | foreach connection | ||
6306 | { | ||
6307 | create a SSL structure | ||
6308 | set the certificate and private key | ||
6309 | do a SSL_accept | ||
6310 | |||
6311 | we should now be ok | ||
6312 | } | ||
6313 | |||
6314 | eric | ||
6315 | -- | ||
6316 | Eric Young | Signature removed since it was generating | ||
6317 | AARNet: eay@mincom.oz.au | more followups than the message contents :-) | ||
6318 | |||
6319 | |||
6320 | |||
6321 | ==== ssleay.doc ======================================================== | ||
6322 | |||
6323 | SSLeay: a cryptographic kitchen sink. | ||
6324 | |||
6325 | 1st December 1995 | ||
6326 | Way back at the start of April 1995, I was looking for a mindless | ||
6327 | programming project. A friend of mine (Tim Hudson) said "why don't you do SSL, | ||
6328 | it has DES encryption in it and I would not mind using it in a SSL telnet". | ||
6329 | While it was true I had written a DES library in previous years, litle | ||
6330 | did I know what an expansive task SSL would turn into. | ||
6331 | |||
6332 | First of all, the SSL protocol contains DES encryption. Well and good. My | ||
6333 | DES library was fast and portable. It also contained the RSA's RC4 stream | ||
6334 | cipher. Again, not a problem, some-one had just posted to sci.crypt | ||
6335 | something that was claimed to be RC4. It also contained IDEA, I had the | ||
6336 | specifications, not a problem to implement. MD5, an RFC, trivial, at most | ||
6337 | I could spend a week or so trying to see if I could speed up the | ||
6338 | implementation. All in all a nice set of ciphers. | ||
6339 | Then the first 'expantion of the scope', RSA public key | ||
6340 | encryption. Since I did not knowing a thing about public key encryption | ||
6341 | or number theory, this appeared quite a daunting task. Just writing a | ||
6342 | big number library would be problomatic in itself, let alone making it fast. | ||
6343 | At this point the scope of 'implementing SSL' expands eponentialy. | ||
6344 | First of all, the RSA private keys were being kept in ASN.1 format. | ||
6345 | Thankfully the RSA PKCS series of documents explains this format. So I now | ||
6346 | needed to be able to encode and decode arbitary ASN.1 objects. The Public | ||
6347 | keys were embeded in X509 certificates. Hmm... these are not only | ||
6348 | ASN.1 objects but they make up a heirachy of authentication. To | ||
6349 | authenticate a X509 certificate one needs to retrieve it's issuers | ||
6350 | certificate etc etc. Hmm..., so I also need to implement some kind | ||
6351 | of certificate management software. I would also have to implement | ||
6352 | software to authenticate certificates. At this point the support code made | ||
6353 | the SSL part of my library look quite small. | ||
6354 | Around this time, the first version of SSLeay was released. | ||
6355 | |||
6356 | Ah, but here was the problem, I was not happy with the code so far. As may | ||
6357 | have become obvious, I had been treating all of this as a learning | ||
6358 | exersize, so I have completely written the library myself. As such, due | ||
6359 | to the way it had grown like a fungus, much of the library was not | ||
6360 | 'elagent' or neat. There were global and static variables all over the | ||
6361 | place, the SSL part did not even handle non-blocking IO. | ||
6362 | The Great rewrite began. | ||
6363 | |||
6364 | As of this point in time, the 'Great rewrite' has almost finished. So what | ||
6365 | follows is an approximate list of what is actually SSLeay 0.5.0 | ||
6366 | |||
6367 | /********* This needs to be updated for 0.6.0+ *************/ | ||
6368 | |||
6369 | --- | ||
6370 | The library contains the following routines. Please note that most of these | ||
6371 | functions are not specfic for SSL or any other particular cipher | ||
6372 | implementation. I have tried to make all the routines as general purpose | ||
6373 | as possible. So you should not think of this library as an SSL | ||
6374 | implemtation, but rather as a library of cryptographic functions | ||
6375 | that also contains SSL. I refer to each of these function groupings as | ||
6376 | libraries since they are often capable of functioning as independant | ||
6377 | libraries | ||
6378 | |||
6379 | First up, the general ciphers and message digests supported by the library. | ||
6380 | |||
6381 | MD2 rfc???, a standard 'by parts' interface to this algorithm. | ||
6382 | MD5 rfc???, the same type of interface as for the MD2 library except a | ||
6383 | different algorithm. | ||
6384 | SHA THe Secure Hash Algorithm. Again the same type of interface as | ||
6385 | MD2/MD5 except the digest is 20 bytes. | ||
6386 | SHA1 The 'revised' version of SHA. Just about identical to SHA except | ||
6387 | for one tweak of an inner loop. | ||
6388 | DES This is my libdes library that has been floating around for the last | ||
6389 | few years. It has been enhanced for no other reason than completeness. | ||
6390 | It now supports ecb, cbc, cfb, ofb, cfb64, ofb64 in normal mode and | ||
6391 | triple DES modes of ecb, cbc, cfb64 and ofb64. cfb64 and ofb64 are | ||
6392 | functional interfaces to the 64 bit modes of cfb and ofb used in | ||
6393 | such a way thay they function as single character interfaces. | ||
6394 | RC4 The RSA Inc. stream cipher. | ||
6395 | RC2 The RSA Inc. block cipher. | ||
6396 | IDEA An implmentation of the IDEA cipher, the library supports ecb, cbc, | ||
6397 | cfb64 and ofb64 modes of operation. | ||
6398 | |||
6399 | Now all the above mentioned ciphers and digests libraries support high | ||
6400 | speed, minimal 'crap in the way' type interfaces. For fastest and | ||
6401 | lowest level access, these routines should be used directly. | ||
6402 | |||
6403 | Now there was also the matter of public key crypto systems. These are | ||
6404 | based on large integer arithmatic. | ||
6405 | |||
6406 | BN This is my large integer library. It supports all the normal | ||
6407 | arithmentic operations. It uses malloc extensivly and as such has | ||
6408 | no limits of the size of the numbers being manipulated. If you | ||
6409 | wish to use 4000 bit RSA moduli, these routines will handle it. | ||
6410 | This library also contains routines to 'generate' prime numbers and | ||
6411 | to test for primality. The RSA and DH libraries sit on top of this | ||
6412 | library. As of this point in time, I don't support SHA, but | ||
6413 | when I do add it, it will just sit on top of the routines contained | ||
6414 | in this library. | ||
6415 | RSA This implements the RSA public key algorithm. It also contains | ||
6416 | routines that will generate a new private/public key pair. | ||
6417 | All the RSA functions conform to the PKCS#1 standard. | ||
6418 | DH This is an implementation of the | ||
6419 | Diffie-Hellman protocol. There are all the require routines for | ||
6420 | the protocol, plus extra routines that can be used to generate a | ||
6421 | strong prime for use with a specified generator. While this last | ||
6422 | routine is not generally required by applications implementing DH, | ||
6423 | It is present for completeness and because I thing it is much | ||
6424 | better to be able to 'generate' your own 'magic' numbers as oposed | ||
6425 | to using numbers suplied by others. I conform to the PKCS#3 | ||
6426 | standard where required. | ||
6427 | |||
6428 | You may have noticed the preceeding section mentions the 'generation' of | ||
6429 | prime numbers. Now this requries the use of 'random numbers'. | ||
6430 | |||
6431 | RAND This psuedo-random number library is based on MD5 at it's core | ||
6432 | and a large internal state (2k bytes). Once you have entered enough | ||
6433 | seed data into this random number algorithm I don't feel | ||
6434 | you will ever need to worry about it generating predictable output. | ||
6435 | Due to the way I am writing a portable library, I have left the | ||
6436 | issue of how to get good initial random seed data upto the | ||
6437 | application but I do have support routines for saving and loading a | ||
6438 | persistant random number state for use between program runs. | ||
6439 | |||
6440 | Now to make all these ciphers easier to use, a higher level | ||
6441 | interface was required. In this form, the same function would be used to | ||
6442 | encrypt 'by parts', via any one of the above mentioned ciphers. | ||
6443 | |||
6444 | EVP The Digital EnVeloPe library is quite large. At it's core are | ||
6445 | function to perform encryption and decryption by parts while using | ||
6446 | an initial parameter to specify which of the 17 different ciphers | ||
6447 | or 4 different message digests to use. On top of these are implmented | ||
6448 | the digital signature functions, sign, verify, seal and open. | ||
6449 | Base64 encoding of binary data is also done in this library. | ||
6450 | |||
6451 | PEM rfc???? describe the format for Privacy Enhanced eMail. | ||
6452 | As part of this standard, methods of encoding digital enveloped | ||
6453 | data is an ascii format are defined. As such, I use a form of these | ||
6454 | to encode enveloped data. While at this point in time full support | ||
6455 | for PEM has not been built into the library, a minimal subset of | ||
6456 | the secret key and Base64 encoding is present. These reoutines are | ||
6457 | mostly used to Ascii encode binary data with a 'type' associated | ||
6458 | with it and perhaps details of private key encryption used to | ||
6459 | encrypt the data. | ||
6460 | |||
6461 | PKCS7 This is another Digital Envelope encoding standard which uses ASN.1 | ||
6462 | to encode the data. At this point in time, while there are some | ||
6463 | routines to encode and decode this binary format, full support is | ||
6464 | not present. | ||
6465 | |||
6466 | As Mentioned, above, there are several different ways to encode | ||
6467 | data structures. | ||
6468 | |||
6469 | ASN1 This library is more a set of primatives used to encode the packing | ||
6470 | and unpacking of data structures. It is used by the X509 | ||
6471 | certificate standard and by the PKCS standards which are used by | ||
6472 | this library. It also contains routines for duplicating and signing | ||
6473 | the structures asocisated with X509. | ||
6474 | |||
6475 | X509 The X509 library contains routines for packing and unpacking, | ||
6476 | verifying and just about every thing else you would want to do with | ||
6477 | X509 certificates. | ||
6478 | |||
6479 | PKCS7 PKCS-7 is a standard for encoding digital envelope data | ||
6480 | structures. At this point in time the routines will load and save | ||
6481 | DER forms of these structees. They need to be re-worked to support | ||
6482 | the BER form which is the normal way PKCS-7 is encoded. If the | ||
6483 | previous 2 sentances don't make much sense, don't worry, this | ||
6484 | library is not used by this version of SSLeay anyway. | ||
6485 | |||
6486 | OBJ ASN.1 uses 'object identifiers' to identify objects. A set of | ||
6487 | functions were requred to translate from ASN.1 to an intenger, to a | ||
6488 | character string. This library provieds these translations | ||
6489 | |||
6490 | Now I mentioned an X509 library. X509 specified a hieachy of certificates | ||
6491 | which needs to be traversed to authenticate particular certificates. | ||
6492 | |||
6493 | METH This library is used to push 'methods' of retrieving certificates | ||
6494 | into the library. There are some supplied 'methods' with SSLeay | ||
6495 | but applications can add new methods if they so desire. | ||
6496 | This library has not been finished and is not being used in this | ||
6497 | version. | ||
6498 | |||
6499 | Now all the above are required for use in the initial point of this project. | ||
6500 | |||
6501 | SSL The SSL protocol. This is a full implmentation of SSL v 2. It | ||
6502 | support both server and client authentication. SSL v 3 support | ||
6503 | will be added when the SSL v 3 specification is released in it's | ||
6504 | final form. | ||
6505 | |||
6506 | Now quite a few of the above mentioned libraries rely on a few 'complex' | ||
6507 | data structures. For each of these I have a library. | ||
6508 | |||
6509 | Lhash This is a hash table library which is used extensivly. | ||
6510 | |||
6511 | STACK An implemetation of a Stack data structure. | ||
6512 | |||
6513 | BUF A simple character array structure that also support a function to | ||
6514 | check that the array is greater that a certain size, if it is not, | ||
6515 | it is realloced so that is it. | ||
6516 | |||
6517 | TXT_DB A simple memory based text file data base. The application can specify | ||
6518 | unique indexes that will be enforced at update time. | ||
6519 | |||
6520 | CONF Most of the programs written for this library require a configuration | ||
6521 | file. Instead of letting programs constantly re-implment this | ||
6522 | subsystem, the CONF library provides a consistant and flexable | ||
6523 | interface to not only configuration files but also environment | ||
6524 | variables. | ||
6525 | |||
6526 | But what about when something goes wrong? | ||
6527 | The one advantage (and perhaps disadvantage) of all of these | ||
6528 | functions being in one library was the ability to implement a | ||
6529 | single error reporting system. | ||
6530 | |||
6531 | ERR This library is used to report errors. The error system records | ||
6532 | library number, function number (in the library) and reason | ||
6533 | number. Multiple errors can be reported so that an 'error' trace | ||
6534 | is created. The errors can be printed in numeric or textual form. | ||
6535 | |||
6536 | |||
6537 | ==== ssluse.doc ======================================================== | ||
6538 | |||
6539 | We have an SSL_CTX which contains global information for lots of | ||
6540 | SSL connections. The session-id cache and the certificate verificate cache. | ||
6541 | It also contains default values for use when certificates are used. | ||
6542 | |||
6543 | SSL_CTX | ||
6544 | default cipher list | ||
6545 | session-id cache | ||
6546 | certificate cache | ||
6547 | default session-id timeout period | ||
6548 | New session-id callback | ||
6549 | Required session-id callback | ||
6550 | session-id stats | ||
6551 | Informational callback | ||
6552 | Callback that is set, overrides the SSLeay X509 certificate | ||
6553 | verification | ||
6554 | The default Certificate/Private Key pair | ||
6555 | Default read ahead mode. | ||
6556 | Default verify mode and verify callback. These are not used | ||
6557 | if the over ride callback mentioned above is used. | ||
6558 | |||
6559 | Each SSL can have the following defined for it before a connection is made. | ||
6560 | |||
6561 | Certificate | ||
6562 | Private key | ||
6563 | Ciphers to use | ||
6564 | Certificate verify mode and callback | ||
6565 | IO object to use in the comunication. | ||
6566 | Some 'read-ahead' mode information. | ||
6567 | A previous session-id to re-use. | ||
6568 | |||
6569 | A connection is made by using SSL_connect or SSL_accept. | ||
6570 | When non-blocking IO is being used, there are functions that can be used | ||
6571 | to determin where and why the SSL_connect or SSL_accept did not complete. | ||
6572 | This information can be used to recall the functions when the 'error' | ||
6573 | condition has dissapeared. | ||
6574 | |||
6575 | After the connection has been made, information can be retrived about the | ||
6576 | SSL session and the session-id values that have been decided apon. | ||
6577 | The 'peer' certificate can be retrieved. | ||
6578 | |||
6579 | The session-id values include | ||
6580 | 'start time' | ||
6581 | 'timeout length' | ||
6582 | |||
6583 | |||
6584 | |||
6585 | ==== stack.doc ======================================================== | ||
6586 | |||
6587 | The stack data structure is used to store an ordered list of objects. | ||
6588 | It is basically misnamed to call it a stack but it can function that way | ||
6589 | and that is what I originally used it for. Due to the way element | ||
6590 | pointers are kept in a malloc()ed array, the most efficient way to use this | ||
6591 | structure is to add and delete elements from the end via sk_pop() and | ||
6592 | sk_push(). If you wish to do 'lookups' sk_find() is quite efficient since | ||
6593 | it will sort the stack (if required) and then do a binary search to lookup | ||
6594 | the requested item. This sorting occurs automatically so just sk_push() | ||
6595 | elements on the stack and don't worry about the order. Do remember that if | ||
6596 | you do a sk_find(), the order of the elements will change. | ||
6597 | |||
6598 | You should never need to 'touch' this structure directly. | ||
6599 | typedef struct stack_st | ||
6600 | { | ||
6601 | unsigned int num; | ||
6602 | char **data; | ||
6603 | int sorted; | ||
6604 | |||
6605 | unsigned int num_alloc; | ||
6606 | int (*comp)(); | ||
6607 | } STACK; | ||
6608 | |||
6609 | 'num' holds the number of elements in the stack, 'data' is the array of | ||
6610 | elements. 'sorted' is 1 is the list has been sorted, 0 if not. | ||
6611 | |||
6612 | num_alloc is the number of 'nodes' allocated in 'data'. When num becomes | ||
6613 | larger than num_alloc, data is realloced to a larger size. | ||
6614 | If 'comp' is set, it is a function that is used to compare 2 of the items | ||
6615 | in the stack. The function should return -1, 0 or 1, depending on the | ||
6616 | ordering. | ||
6617 | |||
6618 | #define sk_num(sk) ((sk)->num) | ||
6619 | #define sk_value(sk,n) ((sk)->data[n]) | ||
6620 | |||
6621 | These 2 macros should be used to access the number of elements in the | ||
6622 | 'stack' and to access a pointer to one of the values. | ||
6623 | |||
6624 | STACK *sk_new(int (*c)()); | ||
6625 | This creates a new stack. If 'c', the comparison function, is not | ||
6626 | specified, the various functions that operate on a sorted 'stack' will not | ||
6627 | work (sk_find()). NULL is returned on failure. | ||
6628 | |||
6629 | void sk_free(STACK *); | ||
6630 | This function free()'s a stack structure. The elements in the | ||
6631 | stack will not be freed so one should 'pop' and free all elements from the | ||
6632 | stack before calling this function or call sk_pop_free() instead. | ||
6633 | |||
6634 | void sk_pop_free(STACK *st; void (*func)()); | ||
6635 | This function calls 'func' for each element on the stack, passing | ||
6636 | the element as the argument. sk_free() is then called to free the 'stack' | ||
6637 | structure. | ||
6638 | |||
6639 | int sk_insert(STACK *sk,char *data,int where); | ||
6640 | This function inserts 'data' into stack 'sk' at location 'where'. | ||
6641 | If 'where' is larger that the number of elements in the stack, the element | ||
6642 | is put at the end. This function tends to be used by other 'stack' | ||
6643 | functions. Returns 0 on failure, otherwise the number of elements in the | ||
6644 | new stack. | ||
6645 | |||
6646 | char *sk_delete(STACK *st,int loc); | ||
6647 | Remove the item a location 'loc' from the stack and returns it. | ||
6648 | Returns NULL if the 'loc' is out of range. | ||
6649 | |||
6650 | char *sk_delete_ptr(STACK *st, char *p); | ||
6651 | If the data item pointed to by 'p' is in the stack, it is deleted | ||
6652 | from the stack and returned. NULL is returned if the element is not in the | ||
6653 | stack. | ||
6654 | |||
6655 | int sk_find(STACK *st,char *data); | ||
6656 | Returns the location that contains a value that is equal to | ||
6657 | the 'data' item. If the comparison function was not set, this function | ||
6658 | does a linear search. This function actually qsort()s the stack if it is not | ||
6659 | in order and then uses bsearch() to do the initial search. If the | ||
6660 | search fails,, -1 is returned. For mutliple items with the same | ||
6661 | value, the index of the first in the array is returned. | ||
6662 | |||
6663 | int sk_push(STACK *st,char *data); | ||
6664 | Append 'data' to the stack. 0 is returned if there is a failure | ||
6665 | (due to a malloc failure), else 1. This is | ||
6666 | sk_insert(st,data,sk_num(st)); | ||
6667 | |||
6668 | int sk_unshift(STACK *st,char *data); | ||
6669 | Prepend 'data' to the front (location 0) of the stack. This is | ||
6670 | sk_insert(st,data,0); | ||
6671 | |||
6672 | char *sk_shift(STACK *st); | ||
6673 | Return and delete from the stack the first element in the stack. | ||
6674 | This is sk_delete(st,0); | ||
6675 | |||
6676 | char *sk_pop(STACK *st); | ||
6677 | Return and delete the last element on the stack. This is | ||
6678 | sk_delete(st,sk_num(sk)-1); | ||
6679 | |||
6680 | void sk_zero(STACK *st); | ||
6681 | Removes all items from the stack. It does not 'free' | ||
6682 | pointers but is a quick way to clear a 'stack of references'. | ||
6683 | |||
6684 | ==== threads.doc ======================================================== | ||
6685 | |||
6686 | How to compile SSLeay for multi-threading. | ||
6687 | |||
6688 | Well basically it is quite simple, set the compiler flags and build. | ||
6689 | I have only really done much testing under Solaris and Windows NT. | ||
6690 | If you library supports localtime_r() and gmtime_r() add, | ||
6691 | -DTHREADS to the makefile parameters. You can probably survive with out | ||
6692 | this define unless you are going to have multiple threads generating | ||
6693 | certificates at once. It will not affect the SSL side of things. | ||
6694 | |||
6695 | The approach I have taken to doing locking is to make the application provide | ||
6696 | callbacks to perform locking and so that the SSLeay library can distinguish | ||
6697 | between threads (for the error state). | ||
6698 | |||
6699 | To have a look at an example program, 'cd mt; vi mttest.c'. | ||
6700 | To build under solaris, sh solaris.sh, for Windows NT or Windows 95, | ||
6701 | win32.bat | ||
6702 | |||
6703 | This will build mttest which will fire up 10 threads that talk SSL | ||
6704 | to each other 10 times. | ||
6705 | To enable everything to work, the application needs to call | ||
6706 | |||
6707 | CRYPTO_set_id_callback(id_function); | ||
6708 | CRYPTO_set_locking_callback(locking_function); | ||
6709 | |||
6710 | before any multithreading is started. | ||
6711 | id_function does not need to be defined under Windows NT or 95, the | ||
6712 | correct function will be called if it is not. Under unix, getpid() | ||
6713 | is call if the id_callback is not defined, for solaris this is wrong | ||
6714 | (since threads id's are not pid's) but under IRIX it is correct | ||
6715 | (threads are just processes sharing the data segement). | ||
6716 | |||
6717 | The locking_callback is used to perform locking by the SSLeay library. | ||
6718 | eg. | ||
6719 | |||
6720 | void solaris_locking_callback(mode,type,file,line) | ||
6721 | int mode; | ||
6722 | int type; | ||
6723 | char *file; | ||
6724 | int line; | ||
6725 | { | ||
6726 | if (mode & CRYPTO_LOCK) | ||
6727 | mutex_lock(&(lock_cs[type])); | ||
6728 | else | ||
6729 | mutex_unlock(&(lock_cs[type])); | ||
6730 | } | ||
6731 | |||
6732 | Now in this case I have used mutexes instead of read/write locks, since they | ||
6733 | are faster and there are not many read locks in SSLeay, you may as well | ||
6734 | always use write locks. file and line are __FILE__ and __LINE__ from | ||
6735 | the compile and can be usefull when debugging. | ||
6736 | |||
6737 | Now as you can see, 'type' can be one of a range of values, these values are | ||
6738 | defined in crypto/crypto.h | ||
6739 | CRYPTO_get_lock_name(type) will return a text version of what the lock is. | ||
6740 | There are CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS locks required, so under solaris, the setup | ||
6741 | for multi-threading can be | ||
6742 | |||
6743 | static mutex_t lock_cs[CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS]; | ||
6744 | |||
6745 | void thread_setup() | ||
6746 | { | ||
6747 | int i; | ||
6748 | |||
6749 | for (i=0; i<CRYPTO_NUM_LOCKS; i++) | ||
6750 | mutex_init(&(lock_cs[i]),USYNC_THREAD,NULL); | ||
6751 | CRYPTO_set_id_callback((unsigned long (*)())solaris_thread_id); | ||
6752 | CRYPTO_set_locking_callback((void (*)())solaris_locking_callback); | ||
6753 | } | ||
6754 | |||
6755 | As a final note, under Windows NT or Windows 95, you have to be careful | ||
6756 | not to mix the various threaded, unthreaded and debug libraries. | ||
6757 | Normally if they are mixed incorrectly, mttest will crash just after printing | ||
6758 | out some usage statistics at the end. This is because the | ||
6759 | different system libraries use different malloc routines and if | ||
6760 | data is malloc()ed inside crypt32.dll or ssl32.dll and then free()ed by a | ||
6761 | different library malloc, things get very confused. | ||
6762 | |||
6763 | The default SSLeay DLL builds use /MD, so if you use this on your | ||
6764 | application, things will work as expected. If you use /MDd, | ||
6765 | you will probably have to rebuild SSLeay using this flag. | ||
6766 | I should modify util/mk1mf.pl so it does all this correctly, but | ||
6767 | this has not been done yet. | ||
6768 | |||
6769 | One last warning. Because locking overheads are actually quite large, the | ||
6770 | statistics collected against the SSL_CTX for successfull connections etc | ||
6771 | are not locked when updated. This does make it possible for these | ||
6772 | values to be slightly lower than they should be, if you are | ||
6773 | running multithreaded on a multi-processor box, but this does not really | ||
6774 | matter much. | ||
6775 | |||
6776 | |||
6777 | ==== txt_db.doc ======================================================== | ||
6778 | |||
6779 | TXT_DB, a simple text based in memory database. | ||
6780 | |||
6781 | It holds rows of ascii data, for which the only special character is '\0'. | ||
6782 | The rows can be of an unlimited length. | ||
6783 | |||
6784 | ==== why.doc ======================================================== | ||
6785 | |||
6786 | This file is more of a note for other people who wish to understand why | ||
6787 | the build environment is the way it is :-). | ||
6788 | |||
6789 | The include files 'depend' as follows. | ||
6790 | Each of | ||
6791 | crypto/*/*.c includes crypto/cryptlib.h | ||
6792 | ssl/*.c include ssl/ssl_locl.h | ||
6793 | apps/*.c include apps/apps.h | ||
6794 | crypto/cryptlib.h, ssl/ssl_locl.h and apps/apps.h | ||
6795 | all include e_os.h which contains OS/environment specific information. | ||
6796 | If you need to add something todo with a particular environment, | ||
6797 | add it to this file. It is worth remembering that quite a few libraries, | ||
6798 | like lhash, des, md, sha etc etc do not include crypto/cryptlib.h. This | ||
6799 | is because these libraries should be 'independantly compilable' and so I | ||
6800 | try to keep them this way. | ||
6801 | e_os.h is not so much a part of SSLeay, as the placing in one spot all the | ||
6802 | evil OS dependant muck. | ||
6803 | |||
6804 | I wanted to automate as many things as possible. This includes | ||
6805 | error number generation. A | ||
6806 | make errors | ||
6807 | will scan the source files for error codes, append them to the correct | ||
6808 | header files, and generate the functions to print the text version | ||
6809 | of the error numbers. So don't even think about adding error numbers by | ||
6810 | hand, put them in the form | ||
6811 | XXXerr(XXXX_F_XXXX,YYYY_R_YYYY); | ||
6812 | on line and it will be automatically picked up my a make errors. | ||
6813 | |||
6814 | In a similar vein, programs to be added into ssleay in the apps directory | ||
6815 | just need to have an entry added to E_EXE in makefile.ssl and | ||
6816 | everthing will work as expected. Don't edit progs.h by hand. | ||
6817 | |||
6818 | make links re-generates the symbolic links that are used. The reason why | ||
6819 | I keep everything in its own directory, and don't put all the | ||
6820 | test programs and header files in 'test' and 'include' is because I want | ||
6821 | to keep the 'sub-libraries' independant. I still 'pull' out | ||
6822 | indervidual libraries for use in specific projects where the code is | ||
6823 | required. I have used the 'lhash' library in just about every software | ||
6824 | project I have worked on :-). | ||
6825 | |||
6826 | make depend generates dependancies and | ||
6827 | make dclean removes them. | ||
6828 | |||
6829 | You will notice that I use perl quite a bit when I could be using 'sed'. | ||
6830 | The reason I decided to do this was to just stick to one 'extra' program. | ||
6831 | For Windows NT, I have perl and no sed. | ||
6832 | |||
6833 | The util/mk1mf.pl program can be used to generate a single makefile. | ||
6834 | I use this because makefiles under Microsoft are horrific. | ||
6835 | Each C compiler seems to have different linker formats, which have | ||
6836 | to be used because the retarted C compilers explode when you do | ||
6837 | cl -o file *.o. | ||
6838 | |||
6839 | Now some would argue that I should just use the single makefile. I don't | ||
6840 | like it during develoment for 2 reasons. First, the actuall make | ||
6841 | command takes a long time. For my current setup, if I'm in | ||
6842 | crypto/bn and I type make, only the crypto/bn directory gets rebuilt, | ||
6843 | which is nice when you are modifying prototypes in bn.h which | ||
6844 | half the SSLeay depends on. The second is that to add a new souce file | ||
6845 | I just plonk it in at the required spot in the local makefile. This | ||
6846 | then alows me to keep things local, I don't need to modify a 'global' | ||
6847 | tables (the make for unix, the make for NT, the make for w31...). | ||
6848 | When I am ripping apart a library structure, it is nice to only | ||
6849 | have to worry about one directory :-). | ||
6850 | |||
6851 | Having said all this, for the hell of it I put together 2 files that | ||
6852 | #include all the souce code (generated by doing a ls */*.o after a build). | ||
6853 | crypto.c takes only 30 seconds to build under NT and 2 minutes under linux | ||
6854 | for my pentium100. Much faster that the normal build :-). | ||
6855 | Again, the problem is that when using libraries, every program linked | ||
6856 | to libcrypto.a would suddenly get 330k of library when it may only need | ||
6857 | 1k. This technique does look like a nice way to do shared libraries though. | ||
6858 | |||
6859 | Oh yes, as a final note, to 'build' a distribution, I just type | ||
6860 | make dist. | ||
6861 | This cleans and packages everything. The directory needs to be called | ||
6862 | SSLeay since the make does a 'cd ..' and renames and tars things up. | ||
6863 | |||
6864 | ==== req.1 ======================================================== | ||
6865 | |||
6866 | The 'req' command is used to manipulate and deal with pkcs#10 | ||
6867 | certificate requests. | ||
6868 | |||
6869 | It's default mode of operation is to load a certificate and then | ||
6870 | write it out again. | ||
6871 | |||
6872 | By default the 'req' is read from stdin in 'PEM' format. | ||
6873 | The -inform option can be used to specify 'pem' format or 'der' | ||
6874 | format. PEM format is the base64 encoding of the DER format. | ||
6875 | |||
6876 | By default 'req' then writes the request back out. -outform can be used | ||
6877 | to indicate the desired output format, be it 'pem' or 'der'. | ||
6878 | |||
6879 | To specify an input file, use the '-in' option and the '-out' option | ||
6880 | can be used to specify the output file. | ||
6881 | |||
6882 | If you wish to perform a command and not output the certificate | ||
6883 | request afterwards, use the '-noout' option. | ||
6884 | |||
6885 | When a certificate is loaded, it can be printed in a human readable | ||
6886 | ascii format via the '-text' option. | ||
6887 | |||
6888 | To check that the signature on a certificate request is correct, use | ||
6889 | the '-verify' option to make sure that the private key contained in the | ||
6890 | certificate request corresponds to the signature. | ||
6891 | |||
6892 | Besides the default mode, there is also the 'generate a certificate | ||
6893 | request' mode. There are several flags that trigger this mode. | ||
6894 | |||
6895 | -new will generate a new RSA key (if required) and then prompts | ||
6896 | the user for details for the certificate request. | ||
6897 | -newkey has an argument that is the number of bits to make the new | ||
6898 | key. This function also triggers '-new'. | ||
6899 | |||
6900 | The '-new' option can have a key to use specified instead of having to | ||
6901 | load one, '-key' is used to specify the file containg the key. | ||
6902 | -keyform can be used to specify the format of the key. Only | ||
6903 | 'pem' and 'der' formats are supported, later, 'netscape' format may be added. | ||
6904 | |||
6905 | Finally there is the '-x509' options which makes req output a self | ||
6906 | signed x509 certificate instead of a certificate request. | ||
6907 | |||
6908 | Now as you may have noticed, there are lots of default options that | ||
6909 | cannot be specified via the command line. They are held in a 'template' | ||
6910 | or 'configuration file'. The -config option specifies which configuration | ||
6911 | file to use. See conf.doc for details on the syntax of this file. | ||
6912 | |||
6913 | The req command uses the 'req' section of the config file. | ||
6914 | |||
6915 | --- | ||
6916 | # The following variables are defined. For this example I will populate | ||
6917 | # the various values | ||
6918 | [ req ] | ||
6919 | default_bits = 512 # default number of bits to use. | ||
6920 | default_keyfile = testkey.pem # Where to write the generated keyfile | ||
6921 | # if not specified. | ||
6922 | distinguished_name= req_dn # The section that contains the | ||
6923 | # information about which 'object' we | ||
6924 | # want to put in the DN. | ||
6925 | attributes = req_attr # The objects we want for the | ||
6926 | # attributes field. | ||
6927 | encrypt_rsa_key = no # Should we encrypt newly generated | ||
6928 | # keys. I strongly recommend 'yes'. | ||
6929 | |||
6930 | # The distinguished name section. For the following entries, the | ||
6931 | # object names must exist in the SSLeay header file objects.h. If they | ||
6932 | # do not, they will be silently ignored. The entries have the following | ||
6933 | # format. | ||
6934 | # <object_name> => string to prompt with | ||
6935 | # <object_name>_default => default value for people | ||
6936 | # <object_name>_value => Automatically use this value for this field. | ||
6937 | # <object_name>_min => minimum number of characters for data (def. 0) | ||
6938 | # <object_name>_max => maximum number of characters for data (def. inf.) | ||
6939 | # All of these entries are optional except for the first one. | ||
6940 | [ req_dn ] | ||
6941 | countryName = Country Name (2 letter code) | ||
6942 | countryName_default = AU | ||
6943 | |||
6944 | stateOrProvinceName = State or Province Name (full name) | ||
6945 | stateOrProvinceName_default = Queensland | ||
6946 | |||
6947 | localityName = Locality Name (eg, city) | ||
6948 | |||
6949 | organizationName = Organization Name (eg, company) | ||
6950 | organizationName_default = Mincom Pty Ltd | ||
6951 | |||
6952 | organizationalUnitName = Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) | ||
6953 | organizationalUnitName_default = MTR | ||
6954 | |||
6955 | commonName = Common Name (eg, YOUR name) | ||
6956 | commonName_max = 64 | ||
6957 | |||
6958 | emailAddress = Email Address | ||
6959 | emailAddress_max = 40 | ||
6960 | |||
6961 | # The next section is the attributes section. This is exactly the | ||
6962 | # same as for the previous section except that the resulting objects are | ||
6963 | # put in the attributes field. | ||
6964 | [ req_attr ] | ||
6965 | challengePassword = A challenge password | ||
6966 | challengePassword_min = 4 | ||
6967 | challengePassword_max = 20 | ||
6968 | |||
6969 | unstructuredName = An optional company name | ||
6970 | |||
6971 | ---- | ||
6972 | Also note that the order that attributes appear in this file is the | ||
6973 | order they will be put into the distinguished name. | ||
6974 | |||
6975 | Once this request has been generated, it can be sent to a CA for | ||
6976 | certifying. | ||
6977 | |||
6978 | ---- | ||
6979 | A few quick examples.... | ||
6980 | |||
6981 | To generate a new request and a new key | ||
6982 | req -new | ||
6983 | |||
6984 | To generate a new request and a 1058 bit key | ||
6985 | req -newkey 1058 | ||
6986 | |||
6987 | To generate a new request using a pre-existing key | ||
6988 | req -new -key key.pem | ||
6989 | |||
6990 | To generate a self signed x509 certificate from a certificate | ||
6991 | request using a supplied key, and we want to see the text form of the | ||
6992 | output certificate (which we will put in the file selfSign.pem | ||
6993 | req -x509 -in req.pem -key key.pem -text -out selfSign.pem | ||
6994 | |||
6995 | Verify that the signature is correct on a certificate request. | ||
6996 | req -verify -in req.pem | ||
6997 | |||
6998 | Verify that the signature was made using a specified public key. | ||
6999 | req -verify -in req.pem -key key.pem | ||
7000 | |||
7001 | Print the contents of a certificate request | ||
7002 | req -text -in req.pem | ||
7003 | |||
7004 | ==== danger ======================================================== | ||
7005 | |||
7006 | If you specify a SSLv2 cipher, and the mode is SSLv23 and the server | ||
7007 | can talk SSLv3, it will claim there is no cipher since you should be | ||
7008 | using SSLv3. | ||
7009 | |||
7010 | When tracing debug stuff, remember BIO_s_socket() is different to | ||
7011 | BIO_s_connect(). | ||
7012 | |||
7013 | BSD/OS assember is not working | ||
7014 | |||